# ottomanfactory.com > Storage OttomanBoucle Channel Strg OttomanClick HereMushroom OttomanUnique design, with storage, perfect footrest.Click HereSet of 2 storage ottoman benchLarge interior storage space. Click Here About US Fuzhou Fytch Home Decor Co., --- ## Pages - [EXHIBITION](https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-ottoman-coffee-table-storage-ottomans/): Custom ottoman coffee table storage ottomans free designs, wholesale furniture exporter, wholesale low price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [HOME](https://ottomanfactory.com/): Storage ottoman, storage ottoman bench, they're a classic for storing things like space bedding, blankets, small pillows and other soft furnishings. - [ABOUT US](https://ottomanfactory.com/about-us-fuzhou-fytch-custom-ottoman/): Fuzhou Fytch Factory is a professional large-scale manufacturer, specializes in the production and sales of various types of custom ottoman. - [CONTACT US](https://ottomanfactory.com/contact-us-ottomans/): Our product range includes ottomans, storage benches, poufs, footstools and footstools, ideal for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. --- ## Posts - [43.3'' Upholstered Storage Bench Boucle Ottoman Bench End of Bed Stool Entryway Sofa](https://ottomanfactory.com/43-3-upholstered-storage-bench-boucle-ottoman/): 43.3'' Upholstered Storage Bench is wrapped in soft sherpa fabric, and the upholstered seat cushion is full filled with high density sponge and with wooden leg. - [Striped Ottoman Accent Upholstered Ottoman Stool For Hallway](https://ottomanfactory.com/striped-ottoman-accent-upholstered-ottoman/): Striped Ottoman Accent Upholstered Ottoman Stool is wrapped in soft sherpa fabric, and the upholstered seat cushion is full filled with high density sponge.. - [Storage Ottoman with Tray Upholstered Ottoman for Living Room Ottoman Stool](https://ottomanfactory.com/storage-ottoman-with-tray-upholstered-ottoman/): Storage Ottoman with Tray is made of a robust plywood frame, surrounded by dense foam padding and boucle fabric ,topped off with a sleek wood grain veneer lid. - [Cube Ottoman Set of 2 Nesting Ottoman Stool with Storage Function](https://ottomanfactory.com/cube-ottoman-set-of-2-nesting-ottoman-stool/): Cube Ottomans are crafted in soft sherpa fabric, and the upholstered cushion is fully filled with high-density sponge, offering you a cozy sitting experience. - [Black Storage Stool Vanity Ottoman Stool with Black Wooden Legs](https://ottomanfactory.com/black-storage-stool-vanity-ottoman-stool/): The storage stool with sturdy, storage trunk design stool is covered in plush velvet fabric with silver finish hardware, a metal base and black wooden legs. - [Swivel Vanity Chair Ottoman Stool with Storage Function](https://ottomanfactory.com/swivel-vanity-chair-ottoman-stool-with-storage/): Swivel Vanity Chair Ottoman Stool with Storage is wrapped in soft sherpa fabric, and the upholstered seat cushion is full filled with high density sponge. - [Wholesale Stool Ottoman 20'' Suitcase Stool with 2pcs Button](https://ottomanfactory.com/wholesale-stool-ottoman-20-suitcase-stool/): Wholesale Stool Ottoman 20'' Suitcase Stool with 2pcs Button, wholesale moderate price with high quality, accept small MOQ, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Custom Small Entryway Bench with Storage -Linen Hallway Seat with Hidden Compartment](https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-small-entryway-bench-with-storage/): Custom Small Entryway Bench with Storage -Linen Hallway Seat with Hidden Compartment, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [40 Inch Long Storage Ottoman Custom Ottoman Bench Wholesale Free Sample](https://ottomanfactory.com/40-inch-long-storage-ottoman-custom-ottoman/): 40 Inch Long Storage Ottoman Custom Ottoman Bench Wholesale Free Sample, custom OEM, logo printing, 20+ units minimum order, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Grey Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman OEM Factory Supply](https://ottomanfactory.com/grey-storage-ottoman-custom-round-ottoman-oem/): Grey Storage Ottoman Custom Round Ottoman OEM Factory Supply, wholesale moderate price with high quality, accept small quantity, welcome to send us your inquiry - [Factory Direct Large Round Ottoman Upholstery Round Ottoman Bulk Supply](https://ottomanfactory.com/factory-direct-large-round-ottoman-upholstery/): Factory Direct Large Round Ottoman Upholstery Round Ottoman Bulk Supply, wholesale moderate price, accept small quantity, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Large Square Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman for B2B Buyers](https://ottomanfactory.com/large-square-ottoman-custom-storage-ottoman/): Large Square Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman for B2B Buyers, wholesale moderate price with high quality, accept small quantity, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Folding Footstool Bulk Wholesale Folding Toy Storage Ottoman](https://ottomanfactory.com/folding-footstool-bulk-wholesale-folding-toy/): Folding Footstool Bulk Wholesale Folding Toy Storage Ottoman, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Leather Footstool for Living Room Bedroom OEM ODM Available](https://ottomanfactory.com/leather-footstool-for-living-room-bedroom-oem/): Leather Footstool for Living Room Bedroom OEM ODM Available, wholesale factory price with high quality, accept small quantity, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [MDF Orange Ottoman Supplier Custom Storage Pouf Wholesale Pricing](https://ottomanfactory.com/mdf-orange-ottoman-supplier-custom-storage-pouf/): MDF Orange Ottoman Supplier Custom Storage Pouf Wholesale Pricing, accept custom OEM, logo printing, 20+ units minimum order, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Mushroom Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman OEM Manufacturer](https://ottomanfactory.com/mushroom-ottoman-custom-storage-ottoman-oem/): Mushroom Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman OEM Manufacturer, wholesale moderate price with high quality, accept small quantity, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Small Round Ottoman with Romovable Lid Living Room Wholesale](https://ottomanfactory.com/small-round-ottoman-with-romovable-lid-living/): Small Round Ottoman with Romovable Lid Living Room Wholesale, furniture exporter, wholesale moderate price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Bulk Upholstered Ottoman Coffee Table With Storage FOB Price](https://ottomanfactory.com/bulk-upholstered-ottoman-coffee-table/): Bulk Upholstered Ottoman Coffee Table With Storage FOB Price for hotels, lobbies & living room. Choose your size, fabric finish.Request a wholesale quote today. - [Bulk Beige Ottoman Channel Gray Tufted Ottoman FOB Fuzhou Price](https://ottomanfactory.com/bulk-beige-ottoman-channel-gray-tufted-ottoman/): Bulk Beige Ottoman Channel Gray Tufted Ottoman FOB Fuzhou Price, accept custom OEM, logo printing, 20+ units minimum order, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Bulk Faux Leather Ottoman Custom Ottoman 50 sets MOQ Request Quote](https://ottomanfactory.com/bulk-faux-leather-ottoman-custom-ottoman-50-set/): Bulk Faux Leather Ottoman Custom Ottoman 50 sets MOQ Request Quote, wholesale best price with high quality, accept custom OEM, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Long Bench Velvet Bed End Bench Custom U Shape Bench Bedroom OEM](https://ottomanfactory.com/long-bench-velvet-bed-end-bench-custom-u-shape/): Long Bench Velvet Bed End Bench Custom U Shape Bench Bedroom OEM, accept custom OEM, logo printing, 30+ units minimum order, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Linen Gray Storage Ottoman with Wood Leg Upholstered Ottoman Wholesale](https://ottomanfactory.com/linen-gray-storage-ottoman-with-wood-leg/): Linen Gray Storage Ottoman with Wood Leg Upholstered Ottoman Wholesale, best price with high quality, accept small quantity, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Wholesale Upholstered Side Table Coffee Table with Storage and Tray](https://ottomanfactory.com/wholesale-upholstered-side-table-coffee-table/): Wholesale Upholstered Side Table Coffee Table with Storage and Tray, Custom Furniture factory, best price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Pouf Side Table Custom Pouf Ottoman Storage Ottoman Pouffes](https://ottomanfactory.com/pouf-side-table-custom-pouf-ottoman-storage/): Pouf Side Table Custom Pouf Ottoman Storage Ottoman Pouffes, wholesale moderate price with high quality, accept small quantity, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Blue Pouf Custom Pouf Ottoman Storage Ottoman Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/blue-pouf-custom-pouf-ottoman-storage-ottoman/): Blue Pouf Custom Pouf Ottoman Storage Ottoman Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Round Leather Pouf Ottoman Custom Pouf ottoman Wholesale Free Sample](https://ottomanfactory.com/round-leather-pouf-ottoman-custom-pouf-ottoman/): Round Leather Pouf Ottoman Custom Pouf ottoman Wholesale Free Sample, wholesale factory price with high quality, small quantity,welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Custom Small Footstool Grey Small Footstool Custom Footstools Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-small-footstool-grey-small-footstool/): Custom Small Footstool Grey Small Footstool Custom Footstools Free Samples, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Velvet Footstool Ottoman Upholstered Footstool Wholesale Factory](https://ottomanfactory.com/velvet-footstool-ottoman-upholstered-footstool/): Velvet Footstool Ottoman Upholstered Footstool Wholesale Factory, wholesale low price with high quality, accept small quantity, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [What is An Ottoman](https://ottomanfactory.com/what-is-an-ottoman-storage-ottoman-custom/): What is an Ottoman Storage Ottoman Custom Ottoman Wholesale, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Ottoman Pouf Synthetic Leather Ottoman Pouf FSC Wholesale Manufacturer](https://ottomanfactory.com/ottoman-pouf-synthetic-leather-ottoman-pouf-fsc/): Ottoman Pouf Synthetic Leather Ottoman Pouf with wood leg, FSC Wholesale Manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Floor Pouf Custom Floor Pouf Ottoman Free Design Wholesale](https://ottomanfactory.com/floor-pouf-custom-floor-pouf-ottoman/): Floor Pouf Custom Floor Pouf Ottoman Free Design Wholesale, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Custom Leather Pouf Brown Leather Pouf Custom Pouf Wholesale](https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-leather-pouf-brown-leather-pouf-custom/): Custom Leather Pouf Brown Leather Pouf Custom Pouf Wholesale, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Storage Ottoman Bench Custom Storage Ottoman Bench Wholesale Manufacturer](https://ottomanfactory.com/storage-ottoman-bench-custom-storage-ottoman/): Storage Ottoman Bench Custom Storage Ottoman Bench Wholesale Manufacturer, wholesale furniture, low price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Blue Ottoman Square Ottoman Custom Ottoman Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/blue-ottoman-square-ottoman-custom-ottoman/): Blue Ottoman Square Ottoman Custom Ottoman Free Samples, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Leatherette Storage Ottoman Bulk Order Supplier Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/leatherette-storage-ottoman-bulk-order-supplier/): Leatherette Storage Ottoman Bulk Order Supplier Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Custom Brown Ottoman Leather Ottoman Wholesale Manufacturer Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-brown-ottoman-leather-ottoman-wholesale/): Custom Brown Ottoman Leather Ottoman Wholesale Manufacturer Free Samples, OEM manufacturer, factory pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Circle Ottoman with Storage Custom Furniture Manufacturer Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/circle-ottoman-with-storage-custom-furniture/): Circle Ottoman with Storage Custom Furniture Manufacturer, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Grey Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Wholesale Factory](https://ottomanfactory.com/grey-ottoman-custom-storage-ottoman-wholesale/): Grey Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Wholesale Manufacturer, wholesale furniture exporter, wholesale low price with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - [End of Bed Ottoman Custom Ottoman Bench Free Smples](https://ottomanfactory.com/end-of-bed-ottoman-custom-long-storage-benches/): End of Bed Ottoman Custom Long Storage Benches Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Fabric Ottoman Custom Fabric Ottoman Footstool Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/fabric-ottoman-custom-fabric-ottoman-footstool/): Fabric Ottoman Custom Fabric Ottoman Footstool Free Samples, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Foot Stool Ottoman Custom Footstool Free Design Wholesale](https://ottomanfactory.com/foot-stool-ottoman-custom-footstool-free-design/): Foot Stool Ottoman Custom Footstool Free Design Wholesale, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Custom Large Ottoman Coffee Table Storage Table Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-large-ottoman-coffee-table-storage-table/): Custom Large Ottoman Coffee Table Storage Table Free Samples, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Modern Ottoman Mushroom Ottoman with Storage Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/modern-ottoman-mushroom-ottoman-with-storage/): Modern Ottoman Mushroom Ottoman with Storage Free Samples, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Long Bench Ottoman Storage Bench Eudr Wholesale Manufacturer](https://ottomanfactory.com/long-bench-ottoman-storage-bench-eudr-wholesale/): Long Bench Ottoman Storage Bench Eudr Wholesale Manufacturer, wholesale pricing with high quality, minimum order FOB Fuzhou, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Rectangular Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Wholesale Factory](https://ottomanfactory.com/rectangular-ottoman-custom-storage-ottoman/): Rectangular Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Wholesale Factory, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Storage Bench Ottoman Fabric Bench FSC Facotry Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/storage-bench-ottoman-fabric-bench-fsc-facotry/): Storage Bench Ottoman Fabric Bench FSC Facotry Free Samples, - [Round Ottoman with Storage Custom Pouf Ottomans Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/round-ottoman-with-storage-custom-pouf-ottomans/): Round Ottoman with Storage Custom Pouf Ottomans Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Square Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottomans Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/square-storage-ottoman-custom-storage-ottomans/): Square Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottomans Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Bulk Purchase Velvet Ottoman Storage Ottomans Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/bulk-purchase-velvet-ottoman-storage-ottomans/): Bulk Purchase Velvet Ottoman Storage Ottomans Free Samples, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Tufted Ottoman Grey Tufted Ottoman Coffee Table Free Design](https://ottomanfactory.com/tufted-ottoman-grey-tufted-ottoman-coffee-table/): Tufted Ottoman Grey Tufted Ottoman Coffee Table Free Design, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Custom Big Ottoman Custom Upholstered Footstool Wholesale Factory](https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-big-ottoman-custom-upholstered-footstool/): Custom Big Ottoman Custom Upholstered Footstool Wholesale Factory, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, factory price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Bed Ottoman Custom Bed Ottoman Bench Wholesale Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/bed-ottoman-custom-bed-ottoman-bench-wholesale/): Bed Ottoman Custom Bed Ottoman Bench Wholesale Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Circle Ottoman Custom Circle Ottomans Wholesale Factory](https://ottomanfactory.com/circle-ottoman-custom-circle-ottomans-wholesale/): Circle Ottoman Custom Circle Ottomans Wholesale Factory, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Custom Green Ottoman for Bedroom Manufacturer Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-green-ottoman-for-bedroom-manufacturer/): Custom Green Ottoman for Bedroom Manufacturer Free Samples, MOQ 30 units Bulk Pricing Factory Direct Shipping, FOB Fuzhou City, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Leather Ottoman With Storage Wholesale Factory Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/leather-ottoman-with-storage-wholesale-factory/): Leather Ottoman With Storage Wholesale Factory Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Living Room Ottoman Custom OEM Furniture Supplier](https://ottomanfactory.com/living-room-ottoman-oem-home-furniture-exporter/): Living Room Ottoman OEM Home Furniture Exporter Free Samples, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Custom Pink Ottoman Wholesale Home Furniture Free Designs](https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-pink-ottoman-wholesale-home-furniture/): Custom Pink Ottoman Wholesale Home Furniture Free Designs, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Rectangle Ottoman OEM Home Furniture Exporter Custom Ottoman](https://ottomanfactory.com/rectangle-ottoman-oem-home-furniture-exporter/): Rectangle Ottoman OEM Home Furniture Exporter Custom Ottoman, wholesale furniture exporter, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [White Ottoman Living Room Furniture Supplier Wholesale Price](https://ottomanfactory.com/white-ottoman-living-room-furniture-supplier/): White Ottoman Living Room Furniture Supplier Wholesale Price, Custom OEM Manufacturer, Minimum Order Quantity with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Custom Round Ottoman Storage Ottoman Free Design Wholesale](https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-round-ottoman-storage-ottoman-wholesale/): Custom Round Ottoman Storage Ottoman Free Design Wholesale, OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Custom Small Ottoman Custom Foldable Ottoman Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-small-ottoman-custom-foldable-ottoman/): Custom Small Ottoman Custom Foldable Ottoman Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Gray Coffee Table Ottoman With Storage Custom Ottomans Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/gray-coffee-table-ottoman-with-storage-custom/): Gray Coffee Table Ottoman With Storage Custom Ottomans Free Samples, OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Sherpa Large Ottoman Custom Ottoman Free Design Wholesale](https://ottomanfactory.com/sherpa-large-ottoman-custom-ottoman-free-design/): Sherpa Large Ottoman Custom Ottoman Free Design Wholesale, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Ottoman Bench With Storage Wholesale Factory Free Sample](https://ottomanfactory.com/ottoman-bench-with-storage-wholesale-factory/): Ottoman Bench With Storage Wholesale Factory Free Sample, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Round Ottoman Coffee Table 5 pieces Ottoman Set Manufacturer](https://ottomanfactory.com/round-ottoman-coffee-table-5-pieces-ottoman-set/): Round Ottoman Coffee Table 5 pieces Ottoman Set Manufacturer, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Ottoman Storage Bench Wholesale Home Furniture Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/ottoman-storage-bench-wholesale-home-furniture/): Ottoman Storage Bench Wholesale Home Furniture Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Black Ottoman Custom Ottomans Free Samples Wholesale Factory](https://ottomanfactory.com/black-ottoman-custom-ottomans-free-samples/): Black Ottoman Custom Ottomans Free Samples Wholesale Factory, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Ottoman Footstool Custom OEM Furniture Supplier Free Design](https://ottomanfactory.com/ottoman-footstool-custom-oem-furniture-supplier/): Ottoman Footstool Custom OEM Furniture Supplier Free Design, wholesale furniture exporter,wholesale low price with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Large Storage Ottoman Extra Large Ottoman Free Sample](https://ottomanfactory.com/large-storage-ottoman-extra-large-ottoman-free/): Large Storage Ottoman Extra Large Ottoman Free Sample, wholesale furniture exporter, wholesale low price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Brown Leather Ottoman with Wooden Legs Factory Direct Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/brown-leather-ottoman-with-wooden-legs-factory/): Brown Leather Ottoman with Wooden Legs Factory Direct Free Samples, Custom OEM Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Boucle Ottoman Custom Boucle Ottoman Wholesale Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/boucle-ottoman-custom-boucle-ottoman-wholesale/): Boucle Ottoman Custom Boucle Ottoman Wholesale Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Upholstered Ottoman Custom Tufted Coffee Table Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/upholstered-ottoman-custom-tufted-coffee-table/): Upholstered Ottoman Custom Tufted Coffee Table Free Samples, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Square Ottoman With Legs Wholesale Factory Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/square-ottoman-wholesale-factory-free-samples/): Square Ottoman With Legs Wholesale Factory Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Round Leather Ottoman Custom Ottoman Wholesale Manufacturer](https://ottomanfactory.com/round-leather-ottoman-custom-ottoman-wholesale/): Round Leather Ottoman Custom Ottoman Wholesale Manufacturer, wholesale furniture exporter,wholesale low price with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Oversize Ottoman Upholstered Ottoman Wholesale Factory](https://ottomanfactory.com/oversize-ottoman-upholstered-ottoman-wholesale/): Oversize Ottoman Upholstered Ottoman Wholesale Factory, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Ottoman Bench with Storage Custom Ottoman Bench Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/ottoman-bench-with-storage-custom-ottoman-bench/): Ottoman Bench with Storage Custom Ottoman Bench Free Samples, wholesale furniture exporter, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Ottoman Stool Space Saving Ottoman Box Factory Direct Price](https://ottomanfactory.com/ottoman-stool-space-saving-ottoman-box-factory/): Ottoman Stool Space Saving Ottoman Box Factory Direct Price, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Small Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/small-storage-ottoman-custom-storage-ottoman/): Small Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Free Samples, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale low price with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Romo Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman With Padded Lid Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/romo-ottoman-custom-storage-ottoman-with-lid/): Romo Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman With Padded Lid Free Samples, OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Side Table Custom Side Table 50 Units Minimum Order FOB Fuzhou](https://ottomanfactory.com/side-table-custom-side-table-50-units/): Side Table Custom Side Table 50 Units Minimum Order FOB Fuzhou, Eudr certified manufacturer, low price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Pouf Ottoman With Hidden Storage Wholesale Factory Free Samples](https://ottomanfactory.com/pouf-ottoman-with-hidden-storage-wholesale/): Pouf Ottoman With Hidden Storage Wholesale Factory Free Samples, FSC certified manufacturer, low price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Leather Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Wholesale Manufacturer](https://ottomanfactory.com/leather-storage-ottoman-custom-storage-ottoman/): Leather Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Wholesale Manufacturer, FSC certified manufacturer, low price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Large Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Free Sample](https://ottomanfactory.com/large-storage-ottoman-custom-storage-ottoman/): Large Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Free Sample, FSC certified manufacturer, low price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - [Round Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Wholesale Manufacturer](https://ottomanfactory.com/round-storage-ottoman-custom-storage-ottoman/): Round Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Wholesale Manufacturer, FSC certified manufacturer, low price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. --- ## Landing Pages --- ## My Templates - [Elementor Archive #4124](https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=elementor-archive-4124) - [Elementor Archive #4132](https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=elementor-archive-4132) - [Product Inquiry](https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=product-inquiry): Welcome Your Inquiry We”ll get back to you shortly. Product page inquiry form NameCompanyEmailPhoneYour requestsFile UploadChoose File Submit Form - [Features & Benefit - List](https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=features-benefit-list): Optional Subtitle Features & Benefits Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Mauris eros dolor pellentesque sed luctus dapibus... - [About - Video, Heading & Copy](https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=about-video-heading-copy): Subheading About – Video https://ottomanfactory. com/wp-content/plugins/elementor/assets/images/placeholder. png Donec commodo mauris id lectus efficitur laoreet. Ut ac turpis dictum sem tempus... - [Footer](https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=footer-4): ABOUT US Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit (c) 2020 All Rights Reserved. MENU Privacy Policy Terms of... - [Footer](https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=footer): Features Link 1 Link 2 Link 3 Learn More Link 1 Link 2 Link 3 Support Link 1 Link 2... - [Footer](https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=footer-2): About Us Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Ut elit tellus, luctus nec ullamcorper mattis, pulvinar dapibus leo.... - [Footer](https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=footer-3): Logo Website Slogan Navigation Home About Services Work Contact Contact Us 1408 Blocks Valley, Sydney, NSW 2060, Australia (+61) 555-1408info@blocksvalley.... - [Elementor Footer #295](https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=elementor-footer-295): About Us Fuzhou Fytch Home Decor Co. , Ltd has more than 20 years of manufacturing furniture experience. Our company... - [Elementor Header #244](https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=elementor-header-244): Minhou County, Fuzhou, Fujian, China info@fzfytch. com +8618106066786 Facebook-f Inquiry - [Header (with Nav)](https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=header-with-nav): Wilson, KS 67490 test@test. com 24/7 Customer Support Facebook Twitter Github Bitbucket LOGO - [默认套件](https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=%e9%bb%98%e8%ae%a4%e5%a5%97%e4%bb%b6) --- ## ElementsKit items --- # # Detailed Content ## Pages > Custom ottoman coffee table storage ottomans free designs, wholesale furniture exporter, wholesale low price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-11-17 - Modified: 2025-11-17 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-ottoman-coffee-table-storage-ottomans/ Event Gallery: A Look Back The 124th Canton Fair (Autumn 2018)The 39th Jinhan Fair (Spring 2019)The 40th Jinhan Fair (Auturn 2019) The 136th Canton Fair (Autumn 2024)The 52nd Jinhan Fair (Auturn 2025) Trusted by Businesses Globally We love meeting our customers face-to-face at trade show around the wrold. here's a glimpse of the energy and partnerships we build at thease events. We extend a warm welcome for you to visit our booth at the upcoming exhibition! As a leading innovator in functional furniture, we specialize in products that perfectly blend style with utility. A key highlight of our collection is our versatile ottoman coffee table. This centerpiece is designed not just for aesthetics but for modern living, offering a smart solution for your space. We understand the need for clever organization, which is why our stylish storage ottoman models are a customer favorite, providing hidden space to keep your living area tidy. We proudly launch over 230+ new designs for our storage ottoman and related products every year, ensuring a constant stream of fresh and trendy options. Do you have a specific vision? We excel at customization, allowing you to tailor dimensions, fabrics, and features to create a unique ottoman coffee table that fits your exact brand requirements or market needs. Whether you are looking for a classic storage ottoman or a modern multi-functional ottoman coffee table, we have the design and flexibility to support your business. Come and explore the possibilities with us --- > Storage ottoman, storage ottoman bench, they're a classic for storing things like space bedding, blankets, small pillows and other soft furnishings. - Published: 2025-04-10 - Modified: 2025-06-17 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/ Storage OttomanBoucle Channel Strg OttomanClick HereMushroom OttomanUnique design, with storage, perfect footrest. Click HereSet of 2 storage ottoman benchLarge interior storage space. Click Here About US Fuzhou Fytch Home Decor Co. , Ltd. is a leading manufacturer specializing in high-quality indoor furniture. We expertly combine product development with in-house production to deliver exceptional storage solutions for modern living spaces. Our product range includes storage ottomans, storage benches, non-storage poufs and footstools. Building on factory operations since 2005 and formally established in 2017. Know More 136th Canton Fair in Autumn 2024Fininshed product area What advantages do we have? We have established business relationships with many clients overseas. Our business is grow so fast and control well of quality and increased a lot of our production capacity, one month we can ship around 20 containers to all over the world, Europe is one of our main market. The main reason customers keep coming back to us is that we are offering excellent quality and various design products, and have the most competitive prices and on-time delivery. We also have discounts available for regular long-term customers. Feature 1 We provide cutsomized services. Feature 2 We have own QC to manage our quality. Feature 3 Various fabric materials for options Feature 4 Accept urgent order, fastest delivery period is 30 days. Our Loyal Partners After years' development, we have built an on going and trustworthy relationship with various brands. These are just part of our business parters. --- > Fuzhou Fytch Factory is a professional large-scale manufacturer, specializes in the production and sales of various types of custom ottoman. - Published: 2025-04-10 - Modified: 2025-06-18 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/about-us-fuzhou-fytch-custom-ottoman/ Fuzhou Fytch Home Decor Co. , Ltd About - Video https://www. youtube. com/watch? v=dgLQjnEuTeAAbout Fuzhou Fytch Home Decor Co. , Ltd - Your Trusted Ottoman FactoryCustom ottoman are our core product, reflecting our commitment to personalized design and craftsmanship. Fuzhou Fytch Home Decor Co. , Ltd. is a leading manufacturer specializing in high-quality indoor furniture. We expertly combine product development with in-house production to deliver exceptional storage solutions for modern living spaces. Our factory has over 100 workers, a production area of 3500 square meters, and an 800-square-meter sample room. Thanks to our team's efforts,w e have grown into a furniture manufacturer. Our product range includes storage ottomans, storage benches, non-storage poufs, footstools and custom ottoman. You can send us your idea or own design, of course, we will protect it, the design only for you. We take pride in our exceptional 100% re-order rate from long-term clients, a testament to our commitment to:Strict Quality Control (quality is life): we have our own QC team, each order we will have four spots check： First, after the wooden frame completed Second, after the fabric finished Third, the mass cago are all packed Final, before shipment, we will arrange to random quality check. Price: all wholesale price, no matter small order or larger order, FCL or LCLDelivery Time: 35-45days, a month we can ship around 20 containers to all over the world. Fuzhou Fytch Home Decor is your reliable partner for functional and stylish custom ottoman that enhances any living space. Contact us today to collaborate on custom ottoman. We're here to answer any questions and help you elevate your offerings for today's living spaces. Inquiry Process Flow We accept custom ottoman. The products of our factory are all handmade. Please don't doubt our production cycle, which is generally 40 days. However, for urgent orders, we can manage to deliver the goods within 30 days. --- > Our product range includes ottomans, storage benches, poufs, footstools and footstools, ideal for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. - Published: 2025-04-10 - Modified: 2025-07-09 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/contact-us-ottomans/ Let us help you grow your business If you're interested in ottomans, feel free to contact us. Minhou County, Fuzhou, China info@fzfytch. com Whatsapp+8618106066786 SEND US INQUIRY Contact us page formNameCompanyEmailPhoneAddressWebsiteSubjectMessagesFile UploadChoose File Submit Form --- --- ## Posts > 43.3'' Upholstered Storage Bench is wrapped in soft sherpa fabric, and the upholstered seat cushion is full filled with high density sponge and with wooden leg. - Published: 2026-01-13 - Modified: 2026-01-13 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/43-3-upholstered-storage-bench-boucle-ottoman/ - Categories: PRODUCT, Long Bench - Tags: Bed End Bench, Fuzhou Fytch, Long Bench, Upholstered Storage Bench Home 43. 3'' Upholstered Storage Bench Boucle Ottoman Bench End of Bed Stool Entryway Sofa This upholstered storage bench made of high quality boucle fabric and sponge material, with 4 pieces wooden leg. The large volume of this storage bench is enough to meet your various needs. This ottoman bench can easily hide all the messy things, and you can put this bedroom bench at the end of bed to store blankets and pillows, this bench can also be used as a toy box and can also be used in various scenes such as entryway and utility rooms. This storgae bench footstool works great as shoe bench, storage box, footstool, window bench, bed stool, toy chest, coffee table, puppy step etc. A silent storage assistant make your life in order. Inquiry WhatsApp Are There Upholstered Storage Benches for Entryways? Yes—upholstered storage benches for entryways are not only available, they’re one of the most popular and practical furniture choices for modern homes. These benches combine comfortable padded seating with hidden storage space, making them ideal for organizing everyday essentials like shoes, bags, scarves, and other entryway clutter. Thanks to their soft upholstery (such as boucle, linen, velvet, or faux leather), they also add warmth and style to your space, creating a welcoming first impression when guests walk in. One of the biggest advantages of ottoman benches is their versatility. They work beautifully in entryways, but they’re also perfect at the end of the bed, under a window, or along a hallway wall. Many designs feature lift-up lids or flip-top compartments for easy access, while others include segmented storage to keep items neatly separated. With a wide range of sizes, colors, and leg styles available, it’s easy to find a bench that matches your décor—whether your home leans modern, minimalist, Scandinavian, or classic. If you’re looking to upgrade your entryway, an upholstered storage bench is a smart investment that blends functionality, comfort, and aesthetics in one piece. It helps keep your home organized, provides a convenient place to sit while putting on shoes, and enhances the overall look of your space. In short, it’s a small furniture upgrade that delivers big everyday benefits. Why Do People Put a Bench at the end of a Bed? People put a bench at the end of a bed because it adds both function and visual balance to the bedroom. A well-chosen piece helps anchor the space, making the room feel more complete and thoughtfully designed. Beyond aesthetics, it also provides a convenient place to sit while putting on shoes, laying out outfits, or setting down a handbag, turning an otherwise unused area into a practical daily spot. Another major reason is extra storage and organization. Many homeowners choose Upholstered Storage Benches because they offer hidden space for blankets, pillows, seasonal clothing, or extra linens. Similar options like padded storage ottomans or fabric-covered bedroom benches deliver the same benefit—helping reduce clutter without sacrificing style. This makes them especially useful in smaller bedrooms where closet space is limited. Comfort is the final key advantage. A soft, cushioned end-of-bed bench brings warmth and texture to the room while offering a cozy place to relax. Whether you choose a tufted storage bench, a boucle ottoman, or a minimalist padded bench, the result is a more inviting and functional bedroom. It’s a simple addition that elevates both the look and everyday usability of your space. Product Material & Packaging Details Feet Material: Wooden FeetOur storage benches feature uniquely designed flat wooden legs that stand out from ordinary plastic or round legs, it kooks very textured. To protect your flooring from scuffs and scratches, we affix high-quality felt pads to the base of each wooden leg. For optimized shipping efficiency, the wooden kegs are detached during packaging to minimize the product's volume. Each set occupies just 0. 192cbm, allowing a 40-foot high cube conainer to hold up to 355 sets- this streamlined packaging not only cuts down on sgipping costs but also ensure safer transportation of your order. Premium Materials & Size Our Upholstered Storage Bench Boucle Ottoman Bench End of Bed Stool Entryway Sofa , breathable fabric and high-resilience foam. Product Dimension:Product Size Big Ottoman: 110x42x41cmH (43. 3'' x 16. 5'' x 16'')Product Size 2pcs Small Ottoman: 47X33X32. 5cm(18. 5'' x 13'' x 12. 8'')Packing Size: 112x44x39cm40HQ: 355 sets --- > Striped Ottoman Accent Upholstered Ottoman Stool is wrapped in soft sherpa fabric, and the upholstered seat cushion is full filled with high density sponge.. - Published: 2026-01-06 - Modified: 2026-01-06 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/striped-ottoman-accent-upholstered-ottoman/ - Categories: PRODUCT, Footstool/ Pouf - Tags: Accent Upholstered Ottoman, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman Stool, Striped Ottoman Home Striped Ottoman Accent Upholstered Ottoman Stool For Living Room Striped ottoman accent upholstered ottoman stool for living room is crafted from premium soft boucle fabric, and its thickened seat is stuffed with high-density rebound sponge, delivering a cloud-like sitting experence that feels cozy and supportive with every use. The unique N-shaped channeled silhouette not only adds a sculptural touch to the design but also offers gentle support for your legs and posture. This thoughtful design not only preserves the pristine condition of both the stool and your living space but also effectively prolongs the product’s overall lifespan, making it a durable and long-lasting addition to your bedroom, living room, or vanity area. Inquiry WhatsApp What are the features of our Striped Ottoman? The striped ottoman in bold red-yellow channel boucle upholstery paired with vertical channel tufting creates a sculptural, This modern ottoman foot rest adopts a unique arch shape and channel design, with a unique curved aesthetic, can enhance the visual appeal of the overall space, to meet the demand for personalised home furnishings. Eye-catching silhouette that adds a pop of color and modern artistry to any space. The neutral cream version features a sleek monochromatic channeled look for minimalist decor. Premium Comfort Materials Sturdy MDF Construction Upholstered in soft, tactile boucle fabric, the seat is filled with high-density rebound sponge, delivering a cloud-like sitting and foot-resting experience with excellent support for long hours of use (e. g. , makeup application, lounging)Built with a robust solid wood frame, it supports up to 260 lbs for stable daily use. Non-slip foot pads protect both the ottoman’s legs from wear and your floors (hardwood, tile, carpet) from scratches. Fully Assembled This triped ottoman creates a relaxing and comfortable atmosphere wherever you place it – in the living room, at the foot of your bed or along the wall of an entryway. Fully upholstered from top to bottom. This ottoman is as stylish as it is functional. Multi-purpose After a long, tiring dat at work, flop onto the sofa and prop your eet up on this U-shaped ottoman- its 50. cm height is perfectly tailored for your body, and all your fatigue melts away in an instant. Boasting versatile functionality, this piece works as a footstool, it can also be used as a vanity stool, shoe changing stool, decorative foot stools and temporary guest seat, etc. --- > Storage Ottoman with Tray is made of a robust plywood frame, surrounded by dense foam padding and boucle fabric ,topped off with a sleek wood grain veneer lid. - Published: 2026-01-05 - Modified: 2026-01-05 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/storage-ottoman-with-tray-upholstered-ottoman/ - Categories: Ottoman Table, PRODUCT - Tags: End Table, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman Table, Side Table, Storage Ottoman, Storage Ottoman with Tray Home Storage Ottoman with Tray Upholstered Ottoman for Living Room Ottoman Stool Storage Ottoman with Tray is constructed with a robust plywood frame, surrounded by dense foam padding and upholstered in white boucle fabric and topped off with a sleek wood grain veneer lid for added functionality and visual appeal. This round storage ottoman has a removable wooden cover for easy storage. Use this versatile storage footstool to hide accessories in the bedroom, store books or magazines in the living room, or keep controls or remotes nearby but out of sight in the family room. This boucle fabric ottoman offers stylish seating and storage two paired together doubling the impact. It can be used directly without installation and is easy to care for. Inquiry WhatsApp Do Ottoman Trays Work? This storage ottoman with tray, has a wooden tray and is perfect for your water glasses, flowers, snacks, books and personal items. This fabric organizer stool has a large interior storage space for sundries and children's toys or extra blankets. They're especially handy when you need to make last-minute changes to your space! Improvement This storage stool with a tray features four small anti-slip tripods mounted on the tray’s top to eliminate sliding risks. Measuring 16. 9 inches in diameter and 16. 1 inches in height, it weighs a solid 4. 5 kg （9. 92lb） total, with the lid alone at 1. 5 kg (3. 3lb)—imparting a rich, substantial texture. Every meticulous detail speaks to its superior quality. Is a Storage Ottoman Worth It? Without a doubt and this multi-functional piece is the perfect example of why. It acts as a roomy toy box to stow away kids' toys, blankets or odds and ends, instantly banishing clutter and keeping your living space neat and organized. When evening hits, it seamlessly transitions into a stylish coffee table because the storage ottoman with tray: set down your evening tea, a favorite book, or a laptop, and it becomes your go-to spot for late-night relaxation or casual work from the couch. After a long, busy day, it offers a soft, cozy perch to rest your tired feet, delivering gentle comfort that doesn't sacrifice valuable floor space. And when friends pop over for a visit, it doubles as and extre a stool, ensuring everyone has a seat without the duss of pulling out additional furniture. From storage to seating to a handy surface, this storage ottoman does it all- making it an essential, worthwhile addition to any home that blends functionality with sleek, modern design. Where to Use a Storage Ottoman with Tray? A storage ottoman with tray is a super functional piece of furniture that offers three uses in one: a seat or footrest, hidden storage, and a flat surface for serving or display. Here's where and how to use it effectively in different spaces:Living RoomCoffee Table Substitute: The tray top provides a stable surface for drinks, snacks, or décor, while the inside can store remote controls, magazines, or throw blankets. Game Night Central: Store board games inside and use the tray for serving snacks. BedroomEnd-of-Bed Bench: Store linens, pajamas, or extra bedding inside, and use the tray to keep a book, candle, or a cup of tea. Vanity Companion: Use as a seat and keep beauty products or accessories tucked away. Entryway or MudroomEntry Bench: Sit while putting on shoes; store scarves, gloves, or dog leashes inside. The tray is handy for holding keys or mail. Home Office or StudyStylish Organizer: Store notebooks, tech accessories, or chargers inside. Use the tray for your coffee cup or a small plant. Guest Seating: Pull it out for extra seating during meetings or work sessions. Kids’ Room or NurseryToy Chest Alternative: Store toys, books, or diapers neatly. The tray can serve as a spot for a lamp or baby monitor (out of reach). Small Apartments or StudiosSpace Maximizer: One piece does the job of a table, storage unit, and seat—perfect for small spaces. --- > Cube Ottomans are crafted in soft sherpa fabric, and the upholstered cushion is fully filled with high-density sponge, offering you a cozy sitting experience. - Published: 2025-12-26 - Modified: 2025-12-26 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/cube-ottoman-set-of-2-nesting-ottoman-stool/ - Categories: PRODUCT, Set Ottoman - Tags: Cube Ottoman, Nesting Ottoman, Ottoman Stool, Set of 2 Ottoman, Stool with Storage Home Cube Ottoman Set of 2 Nesting Ottoman Stool with Storage Function Cube Ottomans are crafted in soft sherpa fabric, and the upholstered cushion is fully filled with high-density sponge, offering you a cozy sitting experience. The thick, plush padding of the seat delivers gentle support for your legs and hips, so you won’t feel fatigued even when resting or putting on shoes for long periods. The sleek and minimalist design makes this Set of 2 Storage Ottomans stylish and modern; the removable top unveils a spacious interior, perfect for stowing away blankets, pillows, magazines, or small household essentials. With two different sizes included, they can be neatly nested or placed separately to fit various spaces, maximizing your home’s storage and floor space efficiently. This Set of 2 Storage Ottomans serves as an ideal footrest for your living room, a handy extra seat for guests, or a practical accent piece by your bedside. Boasting generous storage capacity and a plush sherpa finish, these ottomans are a functional and fashionable addition to any home decor scheme. Inquiry WhatsApp Can You Have Two Cube Ottomans? Yes! Mixing different ottoman styles can add character and dimension to your space. Upholstered in boucle, the cozy, on-trend fabric that everyone’s talking about, these ottomans bring instant warmth and elevated style to your space. Whether nestled at the foot of your bed, flanking a fireplace, or styled as extra seating in the living room, they’re the chic multitaskers you didn’t know you needed. Some customwes perfer if they could be sold individually, as the smaller cube ottoman may have limited use for certain households. If you would also like the option to purchase them separately, of if you have other suggestions, please let us know. Nesting Ottoman Set Large: 16. 5"(L) x 16. 5"(W) x 18. 1"(H); Small: 13. 2"(L) x 13. 2"(W) x 15. 4"(H). Set includes two different sized ottomans which can meet the different needs of the family. These nest neatly together, providing space-saving functionality. This white cube storage ottoman footrest are asemble free. It is easy to clean which just wipe with a damp cloth. Great Hidden Storage This vanity stool is so stable that it can hold up to 440 pounds. Inside the stool is also designed a small round ottoman, both can be used to store clothes, books and others. 2-in-1 design saves space and helps you create a clean environment. Multifunctional Design The design of this vanity stool makes it ideal for different scenarios. You can use it as an Ottoman or a vanity stool. The upholstered lid on the storage ottoman is removable, allowing it to flip over to create a small coffee table. Versatile by Design Seamlessly serving as extra seating, a footrest, or a chic accent piece, these ottomans blend beautifully into living rooms, bedrooms, or entryways. Their aesthetic bridges Midcentury Modern, Scandinavian, and Transitional styles. Skin-friendly Our square storage ottoman is upholstered in boucle fabric, complemented by a high‑resilience foam filling. This combination ensures lasting comfort—no matter how long you sit, the cushion springs back instantly once you rise. A subtle ring‑shaped design embossed on the surface adds a refined, sophisticated touch to the stool’s appearance. How to Care & Maintenance the Cube Ottoman? Daily maintenance requires the use of coasters or hot pads for warm or cold items and involves keeping furniture away from direct sunlight and damp walls. It includes cleaning surfaces with a soft, damp cloth, promptly blotting any spills, and regularly vacuuming with a soft brush attachment. --- > The storage stool with sturdy, storage trunk design stool is covered in plush velvet fabric with silver finish hardware, a metal base and black wooden legs. - Published: 2025-12-25 - Modified: 2025-12-26 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/black-storage-stool-vanity-ottoman-stool/ - Categories: PRODUCT, Storage Stool - Tags: Black Ottoman, Ottoman Stool, Storage Stool, Vanity Stool with Storage Home Black Storage Stool Vanity Ottoman Stool with Black Wooden Legs Storage Stool bringings style into your home is this suitcase storage ottoman from Fuzhou Fytch. This on-trend storage stool, covered with velvet-touch upholstery, is an excellent accessory for any dressing room, bedroom or hallway. The internal storage space is ideal for holding toys, magazines and small accessories like hats, scarves and belts etc. The sleek latches ensure easy opening and closing, as well as keeping the lid safely shut. It's finished with four black wooden legs to keep the balance and stability, with foot pads to protect your floor. A gorgeous piece for every home and personal space. Inquiry WhatsApp What are the features of our Storage Stool? Suitcase design is unique and cool; • Generous inner storage to keep your home and room neat and tidy at all times; • Padded sponge top for a comfortable seat, helping to save space; • Four outward-angled legs provide balance and stability to the unit, with foot pads to protect the floor; • Velvet-feel upholstery for a sophisticated look which is smooth and easy to clean; • Lid opens and closes easily, with two secure silver or brass latches; • Maximum load 120kg, assembly required. This retro form inspired stool perfectly accentuates interiors in modern, traditional, and glam decor. Tailored in black, polyester velvet upholstery, the stool features decorative buttons, glossy silver clips and a stylish handle. The sleek legs perfectly compliment the overall design of the piece and give it a minimalist feel. The stool can be opened just like a real suitcase and provides ample storage for all your bits and pieces. This kind of suitcase stool looks like a storage box. When you need an extra seating or use it as an end table, we install wooden legs on it, and it becomes a seat or a table. When you need to pack, remove the wooden legs, which saves our transportation costs, and a high-cube container can load 1,500pcs storage stools. Our storage stool bedroom stool features soft, hand-picked fabric and high-resilience foam. The stool measures is 50x35x46cmH with functional storage space, you can put some books or toys in it. It's a portable stool,you can place it in your hallway, livingroom, bedroom or any room for extra seating or use it as an end table. Our storage ottoman has a compact design that fits seamlessly into any space, making it perfect as a bedroom chair, reading chair, or accent stool in the living room. When we read books, putting our feet on the chair, the height of 46cm is very suitable for humans. In addition, the installation of this wooden leg is very convenient because the screw is already on the wooden leg, and it can be tightened directly without any tools. --- > Swivel Vanity Chair Ottoman Stool with Storage is wrapped in soft sherpa fabric, and the upholstered seat cushion is full filled with high density sponge. - Published: 2025-12-15 - Modified: 2025-12-16 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/swivel-vanity-chair-ottoman-stool-with-storage/ - Categories: PRODUCT, Chair - Tags: Makeup Chair Ottoman with Storage, Ottoman Stool, Swivel Vanity Chair Home Swivel Vanity Chair Ottoman Stool with Storage Function Swivel Vanity Chair Ottoman Stool with Storage Function is in soft sherpa fabric, and the upholstered seat cushion is full filled with high density sponge, offer you a comfortable sit feeling. And the barrel backrest can provide a good support for your back, you will not feel tired even make up for a long time. The chic and unique design make this Swivel Vantiy Chair be stylish and modern, the seat can be removed, and there is a large size for you to store the magazine, book or cloths. And the backrest can be moved, you can put the backrest down when you want to save this chair under your makeup desk, make full use of spaceThis Swivel Vantiy Chair a good makeup stool for your bedroom, it also can be a ottoman or side chair for your living room, with its storage and 360 degree swivel function, our this barrel chair is a good addition to your home. Inquiry WhatsApp What are the features of our Swivel Vanity Chair? Our Swivel Vantiy Chair vanity ottoman stool with storage function will be a stylish and usful helper in your daliy makeup routine. The backrest for the ottoman can be folded, which can save your space when you want to put it away; The storage function increases the vanity stool's storage value; A rotating chassis was provided at the stool's bottom, making it more convenient for you to use. Just browse this small vanity stool and upgrade your makeup room with it. 360°Degree Swivel Side Chair Swivel Vantiy Chair with Storage Function The Swivel Vanity Chair living room chair,bed room chair features a smooth 360° swivel design that lets you change direction effortlessly without standing up. Whether you're reaching for your coffee, chatting with family, or adjusting your angle while working, the sturdy color-matched base keeps every movement steady and secure. The round accent Swivel Vanity Chair is equipped with a hidden storage compartment that easily holds everyday items such as books, blankets, magazines, and remote controls, helping your living room or bedroom stay neat and organized. The internal storage space is easy to access yet completely concealed when not in use. The reading chair is an ideal choice for households that value comfort and a sense of order. Premium Materials & Comfort Our Swivel Vanity Chair bed room chair features soft, breathable fabric and high-resilience foam. The generously sized seat (21. 26"D × 3. 54"T) offers cozy support, while the curved backrest (11. 42"H × 22. 44"W) naturally fits your body. Ideal for reading, binge-watching, or unwinding after a long day, this upholstered barrel chair keeps you comfortable for hours and adds a warm, modern touch to any bedroom or living space. Modern Accent Chair Our Swivel Vanity Chair compact design allows this corner chair to fit seamlessly into any space—use it as a bedroom chair comfy, reading chair, or a living room accent chair. The clean, minimalist style is versatile and space-saving, blending effortlessly with modern, contemporary, or farmhouse décor while adding comfort and charm to your room. FULLY ASSEMBLED & READY TO USE: No tools, no assembly, no hassle. This cozy accent chair arrives fully assembled so you can start enjoying comfort the moment it reaches your home. Perfect for anyone who wants convenience without compromising style. --- > Wholesale Stool Ottoman 20'' Suitcase Stool with 2pcs Button, wholesale moderate price with high quality, accept small MOQ, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-12-04 - Modified: 2025-12-04 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/wholesale-stool-ottoman-20-suitcase-stool/ - Categories: Storage Stool - Tags: Foot Stool, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman Stool, Stool Ottoman, Suitcase Stool Home Wholesale Stool Ottoman 20'' Suitcase Stool with 2pcs Button Stool ottoman, as a core product of our professional manufacturing, come with an extensive range of customization options—including wood types, sizes, shapes, colors, foams, fabrics, and packaging methods—to meet the unique needs of diverse businesses. We provide free design support, or you’re welcome to send us your own designs. With a standard lead time of just 35–40 days, our efficient production process allows you to test the market quickly and gather feedback with ease. Our team has extensive experience handling both OEM and ODM projects, ensuring your branding and packaging requirements are fully met. With a strong focus on quality and materials, each footstool is crafted for lasting durability and stylish appeal. We pride ourselves on clear, responsive communication and are committed to exceeding your expectations—from the initial consultation to final delivery. Inquiry WhatsApp Wholesale Stool Ottoman - Size, Material Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 50x35x45cmHCubic Metre: 0. 045cbm1x20GP: 650pcs1x40HQ: 1500pcs Material Material: Velvet, MDF, Normal foam, 4pcs solid wood legSurface: Red, White, Black, Beige, Gray, Navy Blue Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only)Lid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Why is a Stool Called an Ottoman? Simple, it's named after the Ottoman Empire (basically, modern-day Turkey). That's where this low, padded, backless seat came from. Back in the 18th century, it was everywhere in Turkey homes. When it made its way to Europe, prople loved the design but didn't bother changing the name. They just called it "that Ottoman-style seat," and the label stuck. Fast forward to today, and the ottoman has become a seriously versatile piece of furniture. Think of it as the multi-tool of your living room:Kick back and relax: The classic footrest for your sofa or armchair. Instant extre seating: Pull it up when guests come over. Hidden storage: Lots of styles come with a lift-up top-perfect for pillows, blankets, magazines, you name it. As a coffee table: Just add a tray on top. More than just a footrest- this stool ottoman brings a touch of history to you space. oiginating in the Ottoman Empire, it' evolved into the ultimate living room, accessory: a place to prop your feet, extra seating in a pinch, and clever storage all in one. Practical, comfortable and full of character. What Are The Key Aspects of Custom Stool Ottoman? Custom stool ottoman is a unique piece of furniture that blends the aesthetic of vintage or modern suitcases with the functionality of a stool or seat. These pieces are often handmade or specially commissioned, combining creativity, craftsmanship, and personalization. Here are the key aspects to consider:1. Design ConceptAesthetic Appeal: Often incorporates vintage, retro, industrial, or eclectic design themes. Theme Integration: May reflect travel, nostalgia, or personal stories. Customization Options: Materials, color schemes, handles, and trims can be selected to suit specific tastes. 2. MaterialsSuitcase Base:Vintage leather, hard-shell plastic, canvas, or fabric suitcases. Reclaimed or refurbished for sustainability. Stool Base/Legs:Wood (pine, oak, walnut, teak), metal (steel, iron), plastic or acrylic. Design can vary from minimalist to ornate (e. g. , hairpin legs, turned wood). 3. FunctionalitySeating Surface: Padded cushion added on top, sometimes with fabric or leather upholstery. Storage Capability: Many retain the suitcase’s original storage functionality, allowing dual-purpose use. Portability: Lightweight and easy to move, often retaining the suitcase handle for charm and function. 4. CraftsmanshipHandmade Detailing: Stitching, upholstery, sanding, and leg attachment often done by hand. Durability: Reinforcement to ensure it can support weight as a stool (internal frame or brace added). Finishing: Polished edges, sealed legs, and matching fasteners for longevity and visual coherence. 5. PersonalizationMonograms, Logos, or Tags: Optional engraving or embroidery. Fabric Choices: Wide range of upholstery fabrics — velvet, linen, suede, or custom prints. Thematic Accessories: Old travel stickers, map linings, or passport-style accents. 6. Usage ContextsHome Decor: Entryways, living rooms, bedrooms, reading nooks. Retail Displays: Boutiques and cafes often use them as quirky furniture. Conversation Piece: Ideal for people who love storytelling furniture or travel-inspired decor. --- > Custom Small Entryway Bench with Storage -Linen Hallway Seat with Hidden Compartment, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-12-04 - Modified: 2025-12-05 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-small-entryway-bench-with-storage/ - Categories: Long Bench - Tags: Bed Bench, entryway bench with storage, Fuzhou Fytch, Long Bench, Small Entryway Bench with Storage, Storage Bench Home Custom Small Entryway Bench with Storage -Linen Hallway Seat with Hidden Compartment This small entryway bench with storage is the ultimate solution for keeping your home's entrance neat and functional. Designed specifically for compact spaces, it offers a comfortable place to sit and clever hidden storage -all in one stylish piece. Inquiry WhatsApp Custom Small Entryway Bench Product Specifications & Dimensions Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 60x30x30cmH (24″L x 11. 8″W x 11. 8″H)Cubic Metre: 0. 123cbm1x20GP: 230pcs1x40HQ: 560pcs Material Material: Linen Fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Solid wood legColors Available: White, Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, Dark Green, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. With its special dimensions 24"L x 11. 8"W x 11. 8"H, this bench is crafted to fit perfectly in small apartments, cozy hallways, or mudrooms without overwhelming the space. Its classic design adds a touch of warmth and welcome to your home’s first impression. While ideal for the front door, its versatility shines anywhere you need extra seating and storage. Use it at the foot of your bed, in a dorm room, or as a compact console table in a narrow living space. The Perfect Space-Saving Solution for Your Entryway Perfect for Small Spaces: Compact design fits snugly in any narrow entryway, hallway, or bedroom corner. Smart Hidden Storage: Lift-up seat reveals a spacious compartment to store shoes, scarves, bags, or other clutter, keeping your home tidy. Durable & Stylish:Made with solid and sturdy fabric, finished in a clean color to match any decor. Practical Seating: Provides a comfortable spot to sit while putting on or taking off your shoes. Easy Assembly: no need. Your Reliable Factory for Bulk Entryway Bench Solutions Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. Frequently Asked Questions About Small Entryway Bench with Storage How many small entryway benches can load per 40HQ container? We estimate a 40HQ can load 560pcs in total. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Do you offer OEM & ODM services? Yes. We provide design, prototyping, branding, and packaging customization for OEM/ODM clients. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ)? Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. How to Make a Small Entryway Bench with Storage: A Stylish DIY for Any Living Space How to Make a Small Entryway Bench with Storage: A Stylish DIY for Any Living SpaceLooking to add both seating and storage to your living room or entryway? A cushioned bench with storage is one of the most versatile and stylish solutions you can create. Not only does it offer a cozy spot to sit, but it also helps you organize your living space with ease. You can place storage benches near a window, at the foot of a bed, or against a wall. They combine comfort and function in one stylish piece. Here’s a simple step-by-step guide on how to build your own storage bench with a soft, cushioned top. Materials and Tools You'll NeedMaterials: Plywood or MDF board (for the bench frame)m 2x2 or 2x4 lumber (for support), Wood screws, Hinges (for the lid), Foam cushion (2–3 inches thick), Upholstery fabric(leather, velvet, linen, boucle), Wood glue, Paint or wood stain (optional)Tools: Power drill, Circular saw or table saw, Measuring tape, Staple gun, Screwdriver, Sander (optional)Step 1: Plan the Size of Your Storage BenchBefore you start cutting, decide where the bench will go — entryway, living room, bedroom, or hallway. This will help determine the dimensions. A standard upholstered bench is around:Height: 18–20 inches (with cushion), Depth: 16–18 inches, Width: 36–48 inchesDraw a quick sketch to plan how much storage space you want inside. The deeper the bench, the more storage you’ll get — perfect for storing shoes, blankets, toys, or magazines in any living space. Step 2: Build the FrameCut your plywood or MDF board into six panels: bottom, two sides, front, back, and top. Assemble the box using wood screws and wood glue. Attach internal braces (using 2x2s) to support the structure. Sand all edges and surfaces to remove splinters and rough spots. Optional: Add dividers inside the box to create separate compartments for more organized storage benches. 🪵 Step 3: Create and Attach the LidCut the top panel to fit snugly on the bench. This will serve as the lid. Attach hinges to one side so it lifts open. Make sure the hinges are smooth and strong enough to support repeated use. Pro tip: Use soft-close hinges to prevent the lid from slamming shut — especially useful for homes with kids. Step 4: Make the Cushioned SeatCut foam to match the size of the lid. Place batting over the foam for extra padding. Place the upholstery fabric on top. Then, flip the foam and lid over. Start stapling the fabric tightly to the bottom of the lid. Fold corners neatly and pull the fabric taut for a professional look. Choose a durable, stylish fabric that complements your living room decor. Neutral tones work well in most living spaces, while bold colors can add a striking accent. Step 5: Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only) or no assembly required. Step 6: Style and Enjoy Your New BenchNow comes the fun part — styling your bench! Add throw pillows or a cozy blanket on top. Use the inside for seasonal storage or daily essentials. Place it under a window for a reading nook, or in the living room for extra seating during gatherings. Why Storage Benches Are a Must-HaveDual-purpose design: seating + storageIdeal for small apartments or tight living spacesAdds aesthetic value to your interiorKeeps your home neat and organized --- > 40 Inch Long Storage Ottoman Custom Ottoman Bench Wholesale Free Sample, custom OEM, logo printing, 20+ units minimum order, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-12-01 - Modified: 2025-12-02 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/40-inch-long-storage-ottoman-custom-ottoman/ - Categories: Long Bench - Tags: Fabric Bench, Fuzhou Fytch, Long Bench, Long Storage Bench, Ottoman Bench, Storage Bench Home 40 Inch Long Storage Ottoman Custom Ottoman Bench Wholesale Free Sample Inquiry WhatsApp A Long storage ottoman is a practical and stylish piece of furniture that combines seating and storage in one functional design. It typically features a sturdy, cushioned seat that provides comfortable seating, while the built-in storage compartment beneath offers ample space for keeping household items such as shoes, blankets, pillows, or seasonal accessories neatly organized. This dual-purpose design helps maximize space and maintain a clean, clutter-free environment in any room. Storage ottomans come in a variety of sizes, materials, and designs, making them versatile additions to entryways, bedrooms, living rooms, or hallways. Whether upholstered in soft fabric for a cozy touch or crafted from solid wood for a timeless look, a storage bench can easily complement different interior styles — from modern and minimal to classic and rustic. Many storage ottomans feature hinged lids, pull-out drawers, or open shelving, offering convenient access and flexible organization options. Some designs also include decorative tufting, armrests, or backrests, adding both comfort and visual appeal. Wholesale 40 Inch Long Storage Ottoman Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: L: 102x41x43cmH S: 96×34. 5x32cmHCubic Metre: 0. 201cbm1x20GP: 140 sets 1x40HQ: 340 sets Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: White, Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, Dark Green, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. About Long Storage Ottoman Our long storage ottoman for bedroom is equipped with dual safety hinges; Allowing the lid to open wider and more smoothly. Enjoy quiet operation and protection against finger pinchingOur ottoman ottoman with storage features high-quality, soft and breathable fabric with no unpleasant odors. The lid is adorned with button tufting and delicate diamond stitching; Enhancing its modern designThis ottoman with storage and seating offers ample storage space. This long storage ottoman for bedroom is perfect for storing board games and controllers that you want to keep within easy reach blankets or magazines. Enhance your bedroom's style with this storage bench, built with a solid wood frame and sturdy Square legs, It supports up to 330 lbs. Offering added safety for your family Where to Put a Long Storage Ottoman? 1. A long storage ottoman makes an excellent bed-end bench: it's a place to sit while dressing or putting on shoes, and the internal storage is perfect for blankets, extra pillows, linens, or off-season clothing. 2. In a large or open-plan space, a long ottoman can be used to define different “zones” — for example, separating a living/seating area from a dining or hallway area. 3. Alternatively, placing a long ottoman behind a sofa (if it’s narrow enough) can help anchor the room and create a subtle “back-of-couch” console effect or informal seating/ footrest area. 4. Measure carefully. Because a long ottoman can easily overwhelm a small room or feel dwarfed in a large space, aim for correct proportions relative to sofas, beds, or pathways. 5. Leave enough clearance. Especially in living rooms, try to leave about 18–24 inches (or ~100 cm) between the ottoman and surrounding seating or walls so people can move comfortably. 6. Use a tray on top if you want the ottoman to double as a coffee table — this protects the fabric and provides a stable surface for drinks or decor Frequently Asked Questions About Long Storage Ottoman How many long storage ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 340 sets ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can I customize the size and design? Yes. As a factory, we support full customization in size, shape, fabric, color, legs, and stitching patterns. Do you offer OEM & ODM services? Yes. We provide design, prototyping, branding, and packaging customization for OEM/ODM clients. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. --- > Grey Storage Ottoman Custom Round Ottoman OEM Factory Supply, wholesale moderate price with high quality, accept small quantity, welcome to send us your inquiry - Published: 2025-12-01 - Modified: 2025-12-02 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/grey-storage-ottoman-custom-round-ottoman-oem/ - Categories: Set Ottoman - Tags: Channel Ottoman, Fuzhou Fytch, Grey Storage Ottoman, Ottoman, Ottoman Set, Pouf Home Grey Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman OEM Factory Supply Grey storage ottoman is a compact piece that blends seating and storage in one smart design. The cushioned top offers a comfortable spot to sit, rest your feet, or place small items. Open the lid and you’ll find a hidden compartment, perfect for storing blankets, pillows, toys, or daily essentials that need to stay out of sight. This built-in storage is especially useful in smaller homes, helping you make the most of limited space while keeping the room tidy. Storage ottomans come in a wide range of shapes, fabrics, and colors, making it easy to find one that fits your personal style. Whether your decor leans modern, classic, or cozy, an ottoman can blend in seamlessly and add a touch of charm. Its versatility makes it more than just a seat—it’s an organizer, a footrest, and a stylish accent all in one. With comfort and function combined, a storage ottoman brings effortless practicality to any living space. Inquiry WhatsApp Custom Grey Storage Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 40x40x46cmH 33x33x40cmHCubic Metre: 0. 08cbm 1x20GP: 350 sets 1x40HQ: 850 sets Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: White, Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, Dark Green, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. About Grey Storage Ottoman The design of this grey storage ottoman makes it ideal for different scenarios. You can use it as an ottoman or a vanity stool or a footrest. The upholstered lid on the vanity stool is removable and can be turned over to become a tray top coffee table which is waterproof, perfect for holding drinks, snacks, and more. The storage ottoman provides extra storage space for neatly organizing toys, clothes or magazines etc. well organize your living room, bedroom and hallway, The secret compartment keeps your privacy and your household accessories organized and cleanThe grey storage ottoman designed with luxurious and skin-friendly velvet fabric, filled with high density sponge making this ottoman very comfortable for sitting and by expert stitching techniques and high-quality fabrics give it an exquisite look handcrafted lines on the sides that makes your room more beautiful and uniqueThis vanity stool is so stable that it can hold up to 300 pounds;Inside the stool is also designed a small round ottoman, both have storage space; The foot rest stool comes with a friction-resistant silicone pad on the bottom, keep your floor away from scratchedThis round ottoman with storage are assemble free and ready to use. We offer different color options for you. If you have any questions during the purchase process, please contact us and we will be happy to solve your confusion How to Use a Grey Storage Ottoman? A grey storage ottomans is a multifunctional and space-saving solution perfect for modern homes. Here’s how you can make the most of them:1. Maximize StorageStore blankets, pillows, toys, books, or seasonal items inside. Use one ottoman for living room clutter, the other for bedroom or entryway storage. 2. Double as Extra SeatingThe padded tops provide comfortable seating when you have guests. Use them at a dining table, vanity, or desk as temporary stools. 3. Stylish Side Tables or Coffee TablesFlip the lid (if reversible) or place a tray on top to use it as a table. Great for holding drinks, snacks, or remote controls. 4. Flexible Room ArrangementKeep one in the living room and the other in a bedroom or hallway. Stack or nest them when not in use (if design allows). 5. Kid-Friendly & Pet-FriendlyUse in kids' rooms for toy storage and as a safe, soft seat. Pets love sitting or napping on the cushioned tops. 6. Travel or Seasonal SwapsUse to pack away out-of-season clothing or shoes. Move around the house as your needs change—lightweight and easy to relocate. --- > Factory Direct Large Round Ottoman Upholstery Round Ottoman Bulk Supply, wholesale moderate price, accept small quantity, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-12-01 - Modified: 2025-12-02 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/factory-direct-large-round-ottoman-upholstery/ - Categories: Round Ottoman - Tags: Fuzhou Fytch, Large Round Ottoman, Ottoman, Ottoman with Black Metal Leg, Round Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home Factory Direct Large Round Ottoman Upholstery Round Ottoman Bulk Supply A large round ottoman is a compact piece that blends seating and storage in one smart design. The cushioned top offers a comfortable spot to sit, rest your feet, or place small items. Open the lid and you’ll find a hidden compartment, perfect for storing blankets, pillows, toys, or daily essentials that need to stay out of sight. This built-in storage is especially useful in smaller homes, helping you make the most of limited space while keeping the room tidy. Round ottomans come in a wide range of shapes, fabrics, and colors, making it easy to find one that fits your personal style. Whether your decor leans modern, classic, or cozy, an ottoman can blend in seamlessly and add a touch of charm. Its versatility makes it more than just a seat—it’s an organizer, a footrest, and a stylish accent all in one. With comfort and function combined, a storage ottoman brings effortless practicality to any living space. Inquiry WhatsApp Factory Direct Large Round Ottoman Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 55X55X39. 5cmHCubic Metre: 0. 13cbm 1x20GP: 215pcs 1x40HQ: 525pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: White, Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, Dark Green, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. About Large Round Ottoman This large round ottoman has an elegant design. It features pink upholstery with matching stitching and stands on black metal legs. It offers a hidden storage compartment inside. You can store blankets, pillows, toys or magazines there. The ottoman provides comfortable seating. Its cushion uses Dacron fill and high-density foam, supported by a webbed seat base. Built for durability, it is made from solid and engineered wood. This ensures long-lasting stability and strength. The large round ottoman arrives fully assembled. It is ready to be used immediately as a footrest, extra seat, or storage piece. Are Round Ottomans in style? 1. Round ottomans are in style now, and they are popular in modern home design. 2. Many people use round ottomans as coffee tables or footrests because they are versatile. 3. The round shape fits easily into different room styles and makes the space feel softer. 4. Neutral colors, boucle fabric, velvet, and woven textures are trending for round ottomans. 5. If you want a stylish and functional piece for your home, a round ottoman is a great choice. What are the Disadvantages of an Ottoman? 1. An ottoman can take up extra floor space, especially in small living rooms. 2. Some ottomans are too soft and do not give enough support for sitting. 3. If the fabric is light or delicate, the ottoman may get dirty or damaged easily. 4. Some ottomans are not stable enough to hold heavy trays or sharp objects. 5. Some ottomans lose shape over time if they use low-quality fillings or foam. Frequently Asked Questions About Large Round Ottoman How many large round ottomans can load per 40HQ container? We estimate a 40HQ can load 525pcs in total. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can I customize the size and design? Yes. As a factory, we support full customization in size, shape, fabric, color, legs, and stitching patterns. Do your ottomans have strong weight capacity? Absolutely. Our ottomans use reinforced wood or MDF structures and can safely support adult seating. Do you offer OEM & ODM services? Yes. We provide design, prototyping, branding, and packaging customization for OEM/ODM clients. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ)? Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. --- > Large Square Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman for B2B Buyers, wholesale moderate price with high quality, accept small quantity, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-12-01 - Modified: 2025-12-02 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/large-square-ottoman-custom-storage-ottoman/ - Categories: Storage Ottoman - Tags: Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Large Square Ottoman, Ottoman, Pouf, Storage Ottoman Home Large Square Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman for B2B Buyers Large square ottoman is a compact piece that blends seating and storage in one smart design. The cushioned top offers a comfortable spot to sit, rest your feet, or place small items. Open the lid and you’ll find a hidden compartment, perfect for storing blankets, pillows, toys, or daily essentials that need to stay out of sight. This built-in storage is especially useful in smaller homes, helping you make the most of limited space while keeping the room tidy. Large square ottomans come in a wide range of shapes, fabrics, and colors, making it easy to find one that fits your personal style. Whether your décor leans modern, classic, or cozy, an ottoman can blend in seamlessly and add a touch of charm. Its versatility makes it more than just a seat—it’s an organizer, a footrest, and a stylish accent all in one. With comfort and function combined, a square ottoman brings effortless practicality to any living space. Inquiry WhatsApp Wholesale Large Square Ottoman Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 43x43x48cmHCubic Metre: 0. 1cbm1x20GP: 280pcs1x40HQ: 680pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: White, Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, Dark Green, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. How to Use a Large Square Ottoman A large square ottoman is one of the most versatile furniture pieces you can have in your home. Here are the most popular and practical ways to use it:1. Hidden Storage SolutionLift the lid to reveal a spacious compartment perfect for:Blankets and throwsToys and gamesBooks and magazinesRemote controls and electronicsSeasonal décor or clothingIt’s a great way to keep your space tidy and clutter-free. 2. Extra SeatingSturdy and cushioned, square ottomans can serve as additional seating for guests in your living room, hallway, or bedroom. Many models support up to 250 lbs or more. 3. Coffee Table AlternativePlace a tray on top, and your ottoman instantly becomes a stylish coffee table. Use it to hold drinks, candles, books, or flowers. 4. Footrest or Leg SupportUnwind after a long day by putting your feet up. The soft top makes it a comfortable and supportive footrest in front of your sofa or chair. 5. Bedside or Entryway BenchUse a large square ottoman at the foot of your bed for extra storage and as a place to sit while dressing. In the entryway, it’s ideal for putting on shoes while keeping items like scarves and gloves stored inside. 6. Portable & Foldable (if applicable)If your square ottoman is foldable, it can be easily assembled or collapsed for moving, storing, or taking to dorm rooms or temporary living spaces. Pro Tips:Add baskets or fabric bins inside to organize small items. Use drawer fresheners or sachets to keep the interior smelling clean. For fabric ottomans, consider using a fabric protector spray for longevity. Frequently Asked Questions About Large Square Ottoman How many large square ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 680pcs ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can I customize the size and design? Yes. As a factory, we support full customization in size, shape, fabric, color, legs, and stitching patterns. Do your square ottomans have strong weight capacity? Absolutely. Our ottomans use reinforced wood or MDF structures and can safely support adult seating. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. --- > Folding Footstool Bulk Wholesale Folding Toy Storage Ottoman, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-12-01 - Modified: 2025-12-01 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/folding-footstool-bulk-wholesale-folding-toy/ - Categories: Foldable Ottoman - Tags: Foldable Ottoman, Folding Footstool, Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman, Pouf, Storage Ottoman Home Folding Footstool Bulk Wholesale Folding Toy Storage Ottoman A folding footstool is a compact piece that blends seating and storage in one smart design. The cushioned top offers a comfortable spot to sit, rest your feet, or place small items. Open the lid and you’ll find a hidden compartment, perfect for storing blankets, pillows, toys, or daily essentials that need to stay out of sight. This built-in storage is especially useful in smaller homes, helping you make the most of limited space while keeping the room tidy. Folding footstools come in a wide range of shapes, fabrics, and colors, making it easy to find one that fits your personal style. Whether your décor leans modern, classic, or cozy, a footstool can blend in seamlessly and add a touch of charm. Its versatility makes it more than just a seat—it’s an organizer, a footrest, and a stylish accent all in one. With comfort and function combined, a storage footstool brings effortless practicality to any living space. Inquiry WhatsApp Custom Folding Footstool Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 38x38x38cmHCubic Metre: 0. 044cbm1x20GP: 650pcs1x40HQ: 1600pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: White, Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, Dark Green, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. What are the Key Aspects of Custom Folding Footstool? Custom folding footstool combines both functional and aesthetic value. Here are the key aspects to consider:1. Custom Design ElementsFabric/Material: Leather, faux leather, linen, velvet, or patterned fabric — chosen to match your interior style. Color/Finish: Tailored to blend with or accentuate your decor. Shape and Size: Square, round, or rectangular; dimensions adjusted to fit your space. Embellishments: Buttons, tufting, stitching, nailhead trim, etc. 2. Foldability & PortabilityCollapsible Frame: Easily folds down flat for storage or transport. Lightweight Construction: Often made with engineered wood, MDF, or reinforced cardboard inside fabric panels. Handles or Grips: For easier folding and carrying (sometimes optional). 3. Storage FunctionalityHollow Interior: Most folding ottomans double as storage bins. Removable Lid: Acts as a seat or tray while allowing easy access inside. Weight Capacity: Important for determining how much can be stored or supported when used for seating. 4. Multi-FunctionalitySeating: Works as a stool or extra seat. Footrest: Provides a comfortable place to rest your feet. Tabletop Option: Some lids are reversible with a tray surface on one side. 5. Durability and Load CapacityFrame Reinforcement: For regular use as seating, internal supports must be strong enough (often metal or wood). Stitching Quality: Impacts long-term use and aesthetic value. Weight Limit: Varies, typically ranges from 200–300 lbs for seating. What do people care about most for Folding Footstool? Ample Storage Space – Enough room to store blankets, pillows, toys, or daily essentials neatly. Strong and Durable Structure – A solid frame that ensures long-lasting use without deformation. Comfortable Cushion Top – Soft yet supportive padding for sitting or resting your feet. Attractive Design – A stylish appearance that enhances the overall look of the room. High-Quality Materials – Premium fabric, leather, or wood that feels durable and refined. Easy Access to Storage – Smooth-opening hinged lids or lift-off tops for convenient use. Multi-Functional Use – Works as a seat, footrest, coffee table, or decorative accent. Perfect Size and Proportion – Fits well in living rooms, bedrooms, or entryways without taking up too much space. Stable and Safe Construction – Non-slip legs or sturdy bases for reliable balance. Easy to Clean and Maintain – Stain-resistant fabric or wipe-clean surfaces for everyday practicality. Comfortable Height – Designed at the right height for sitting or pairing with sofas and chairs. Stylish Detailing – Tufted tops, stitching, buttons, or trims that add elegance and texture. Lightweight and Portable – Easy to move or reposition as needed for flexible living spaces. Good Value for Money – A fair price that matches the quality, design, and functionality offered. Eco-Friendly Materials – Sustainable fabrics and responsibly sourced wood for environmentally conscious buyers. --- > Leather Footstool for Living Room Bedroom OEM ODM Available, wholesale factory price with high quality, accept small quantity, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-12-01 - Modified: 2025-12-03 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/leather-footstool-for-living-room-bedroom-oem/ - Categories: Footstool/ Pouf - Tags: Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Leather Footstool, Stool, Storage Footstool Home Leather Footstool for Living Room Bedroom OEM ODM Available Inquiry WhatsApp A leather footstool is a compact and functional piece of furniture designed to provide comfort, support, and relaxation. It typically features a soft, cushioned top, allowing you to rest your feet after a long day, relieve pressure, and improve posture while sitting. Its compact design makes it easy to place in front of sofas, armchairs, or lounge chairs, offering both comfort and convenience in any living space. Footstools come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, and materials, from minimalist wooden frames to upholstered designs in fabric, leather, or velvet. This variety allows them to blend seamlessly with different interior styles, whether modern, contemporary, or traditional. In addition to their practical function, footstools also serve as decorative accents, adding a touch of texture, color, or charm to a room. Many modern footstools are designed with extra features such as built-in storage, removable covers for easy cleaning, or lightweight construction for effortless movement. Some may also include matching designs that complement sofas or chairs as part of a coordinated furniture set. Combining comfort, versatility, and aesthetic appeal, the leather footstool is a simple yet essential addition to any home — perfect for creating a cozy and relaxing environment while enhancing your overall decor. Wholesale Leather Footstool Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 45x45x48cmHCubic Metre: 0. 068cbm1x20GP: 420pcs1x40HQ: 1010pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: White, Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, Dark Green, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only)Lid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. What is the Leather Footstool? Leather footstool is a small, low piece of furniture designed for resting your feet while sitting. It provides comfort by allowing you to elevate your legs and reduce pressure on your lower back. Typically placed in front of a chair or sofa, a footstool can also serve as a decorative accent or a compact support under a desk for better posture. Unlike an ottoman, which may include storage, a lid, or serve as a seat/table, a footstool is generally simpler and more specialized. How do you use a Leather Footstool? A leather footstool is one of the most versatile furniture pieces you can have in your home. Here are the most popular and practical ways to use it:1. Hidden Storage SolutionLift the lid to reveal a spacious compartment perfect for:Blankets and throwsToys and gamesBooks and magazinesRemote controls and electronicsSeasonal décor or clothingIt’s a great way to keep your space tidy and clutter-free. 2. Extra SeatingSturdy and cushioned, leather footstools can serve as additional seating for guests in your living room, hallway, or bedroom. Many models support up to 250 lbs or more. 3. Coffee Table AlternativePlace a tray on top, and your footstool instantly becomes a stylish coffee table. Use it to hold drinks, candles, books, or flowers. 4. Footrest or Leg SupportUnwind after a long day by putting your feet up. The soft top makes it a comfortable and supportive footrest in front of your sofa or chair. 5. Bedside or Entryway FootstoolUse a footstool at the foot of your bed for extra storage and as a place to sit while dressing. In the entryway, it’s ideal for putting on shoes while keeping items like scarves and gloves stored inside. 6. Portable & Foldable (if applicable)If your leather footstool is foldable, it can be easily assembled or collapsed for moving, storing, or taking to dorm rooms or temporary living spaces. Pro Tips:Add baskets or fabric bins inside to organize small items. Use drawer fresheners or sachets to keep the interior smelling clean. For leather footstools, consider using a fabric protector spray for longevity. --- > MDF Orange Ottoman Supplier Custom Storage Pouf Wholesale Pricing, accept custom OEM, logo printing, 20+ units minimum order, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-12-01 - Modified: 2025-12-01 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/mdf-orange-ottoman-supplier-custom-storage-pouf/ - Categories: Storage Ottoman - Tags: Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Orange Ottoman, Ottoman, Pouf, Storage Ottoman Home MDF Orange Ottoman Supplier Custom Storage Pouf Wholesale Pricing A orange ottoman is a compact piece that blends seating and storage in one smart design. The cushioned top offers a comfortable spot to sit, rest your feet, or place small items. Open the lid and you’ll find a hidden compartment, perfect for storing blankets, pillows, toys, or daily essentials that need to stay out of sight. This built-in storage is especially useful in smaller homes, helping you make the most of limited space while keeping the room tidy. Orange ottomans come in a wide range of shapes, fabrics, and colors, making it easy to find one that fits your personal style. Whether your décor leans modern, classic, or cozy, an ottoman can blend in seamlessly and add a touch of charm. Its versatility makes it more than just a seat—it’s an organizer, a footrest, and a stylish accent all in one. With comfort and function combined, a storage ottoman brings effortless practicality to any living space. Inquiry WhatsApp Custom MDF Orange Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 35x35x44. 5cmHCubic Metre: 0. 063cbm1x20GP: 450pcs1x40HQ: 1100pcs Material Material: Fabric, PU, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: White, Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, Dark Green, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. How do you use an Orange Ottoman? 1. Extra Seating: Provide a comfortable spot for guests during gatherings or family events. 2. Stylish Footrest: Elevate your relaxation by propping up your feet after a long day. 3. Accent Furniture: Use it as a bold decorative piece to add warmth and personality to any room. 4. Compact Coffee Table: Place a tray on top and instantly transform it into a functional table surface. 5. Bedroom Bench Alternative: Position it at the foot of your bed for convenience and visual balance. 6. Entryway Helper: Sit while putting on or taking off shoes, or use it as a small drop zone. 7. Nursery Essential: Perfect for supporting your feet during feeding times or rocking sessions. 8. Reading Nook Companion: Pair it with a cozy chair to complete the ultimate reading corner. 9. Space-Saving Storage: Choose a storage model to hide blankets, toys, or small essentials. 10. Kids’ Room Furniture: Soft, lightweight, and safe for children to sit, climb, or play around. 11. Boutique or Studio Décor: Add a touch of color and comfort to commercial spaces. 12. Living Room Divider: Use one or more to subtly define seating zones in open layouts. 13. Pet Perch: A comfy mini-spot for small pets to relax beside you. 14. Photography Prop: Ideal for adding texture and color in lifestyle or product shoots. 15. Modern Lounge Upgrade: The orange ottoman can energize neutral interiors and complement contemporary décor styles. Frequently Asked Questions About Orange Ottoman How many orange ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 1100pcs ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can I customize the size and design? Yes. As a factory, we support full customization in size, shape, fabric, color, legs, and stitching patterns. Do your storage ottomans have strong weight capacity? Absolutely. Our ottomans use reinforced wood or MDF structures and can safely support adult seating. Do you offer OEM & ODM services? Yes. We provide design, prototyping, branding, and packaging customization for OEM/ODM clients. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. What packaging options are available? We offer standard export packaging, mail-order packaging, and custom cartons with your branding. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ)? Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. --- > Mushroom Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman OEM Manufacturer, wholesale moderate price with high quality, accept small quantity, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-11-28 - Modified: 2025-11-29 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/mushroom-ottoman-custom-storage-ottoman-oem/ - Categories: Storage Ottoman - Tags: Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Mushroom Ottoman, Ottoman, Pouf, Round Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home Mushroom Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman OEM Manufacturer A mushroom ottoman is a compact piece that blends seating and storage in one smart design. The cushioned top offers a comfortable spot to sit, rest your feet, or place small items. Open the lid and you’ll find a hidden compartment, perfect for storing blankets, pillows, toys, or daily essentials that need to stay out of sight. This built-in storage is especially useful in smaller homes, helping you make the most of limited space while keeping the room tidy. Mushroom ottomans come in a wide range of shapes, fabrics, and colors, making it easy to find one that fits your personal style. Whether your décor leans modern, classic, or cozy, an ottoman can blend in seamlessly and add a touch of charm. Its versatility makes it more than just a seat—it’s an organizer, a footrest, and a stylish accent all in one. With comfort and function combined, a storage ottoman brings effortless practicality to any living space. Inquiry WhatsApp Wholesale Mushroom Ottoman Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 46x46x43cmHCubic Metre: 0. 103cbm1x20GP: 280pcs1x40HQ: 670pcs Material Material: Sherpa, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Yellow, White, Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, Dark Green, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. How do you use a Mushroom Ottoman? 1. You place the mushroom ottoman in the living room to add a playful seat with soft cushioning. 2. You lift the lid to store small items such as toys, books, or remote controls. 3. You use it as a footrest to keep your legs relaxed while sitting on the sofa. 4. You set it beside a chair to act as a compact side table for drinks or snacks. 5. You move it easily because of its lightweight, round shape. 6. You put it in a kid’s room to create a fun seating spot with hidden storage. 7. You store seasonal items inside to keep the room tidy and clutter-free. 8. You use it in the bedroom as a soft accent piece at the end of the bed. 9. You place it near a vanity to sit comfortably while getting ready. 10. You add it to an entryway to hold scarves, gloves, or small accessories. 11. You flip the lid and take items in and out quickly when you need fast storage. 12. You position it in a reading nook to support your feet while you relax. 13. You use it as extra seating for guests when you need more chairs. 14. You incorporate it into small spaces where multifunctional furniture is essential. 15. You style the mushroom ottoman with modern or playful decor to enhance the room’s personality. --- > Small Round Ottoman with Romovable Lid Living Room Wholesale, furniture exporter, wholesale moderate price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-11-28 - Modified: 2025-11-29 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/small-round-ottoman-with-romovable-lid-living/ - Categories: Round Ottoman - Tags: Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman, Pouf, Small Round Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home Small Round Ottoman with Romovable Lid Living Room Wholesale Small round ottoman is a compact piece that blends seating and storage in one smart design. The cushioned top offers a comfortable spot to sit, rest your feet, or place small items. Open the lid and you’ll find a hidden compartment, perfect for storing blankets, pillows, toys, or daily essentials that need to stay out of sight. This built-in storage is especially useful in smaller homes, helping you make the most of limited space while keeping the room tidy. Small round ottomans come in a wide range of shapes, fabrics, and colors, making it easy to find one that fits your personal style. Whether your décor leans modern, classic, or cozy, an ottoman can blend in seamlessly and add a touch of charm. Its versatility makes it more than just a seat—it’s an organizer, a footrest, and a stylish accent all in one. With comfort and function combined, a round ottoman brings effortless practicality to any living space. Inquiry WhatsApp Bulk Small Round Ottoman Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 32x32x39. 5cmHCubic Metre: 0. 071cbm1x20GP: 400pcs1x40HQ: 960pcs Material Material: Velvet, MDF wood, Foam padding, Metal circleColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now How to Use a Small Round Ottoman A small round ottoman is one of the most versatile furniture pieces you can have in your home. Here are the most popular and practical ways to use it:1. Hidden Storage SolutionLift the lid to reveal a spacious compartment perfect for:Blankets and throwsToys and gamesBooks and magazinesRemote controls and electronicsSeasonal décor or clothingIt’s a great way to keep your space tidy and clutter-free. 2. Extra SeatingSturdy and cushioned, round ottomans can serve as additional seating for guests in your living room, hallway, or bedroom. Many models support up to 250 lbs or more. 3. Coffee Table AlternativePlace a tray on top, and your ottoman instantly becomes a stylish coffee table. Use it to hold drinks, candles, books, or flowers. 4. Footrest or Leg SupportUnwind after a long day by putting your feet up. The soft top makes it a comfortable and supportive footrest in front of your sofa or chair. 5. Bedside or Entryway BenchUse a small round ottoman at the foot of your bed for extra storage and as a place to sit while dressing. In the entryway, it’s ideal for putting on shoes while keeping items like scarves and gloves stored inside. 6. Portable & Foldable (if applicable)If your storage ottoman is foldable, it can be easily assembled or collapsed for moving, storing, or taking to dorm rooms or temporary living spaces. Pro Tips:Add baskets or fabric bins inside to organize small items. Use drawer fresheners or sachets to keep the interior smelling clean. For fabric ottomans, consider using a fabric protector spray for longevity. Frequently Asked Questions About Small Round Ottoman How many small round ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 960pcs ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can I customize the size and design? Yes. As a factory, we support full customization in size, shape, fabric, color, legs, and stitching patterns. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ)? Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. --- > Bulk Upholstered Ottoman Coffee Table With Storage FOB Price for hotels, lobbies & living room. Choose your size, fabric finish.Request a wholesale quote today. - Published: 2025-11-28 - Modified: 2025-12-03 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/bulk-upholstered-ottoman-coffee-table/ - Categories: Ottoman Table - Tags: Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman Table, Pouf, Round Ottoman, Storage Ottoman, Upholstered Ottoman Coffee Table Home Bulk Upholstered Ottoman Coffee Table With Storage FOB Price Inquiry WhatsApp Upholsteded ottoman coffee table is a multifunctional piece of furniture that beautifully combines style, comfort, and practicality. It typically features a spacious cushioned top, which serves as both a comfortable footrest or extra seating area, and a broad surface for placing trays, drinks, books, or decorative items. This dual-purpose design makes it a perfect centerpiece for living rooms, providing both elegance and everyday convenience. Many coffee tables are designed with built-in storage compartments or removable trays, offering a smart solution for keeping your living space organized. You can easily store blankets, magazines, or remote controls within, helping to maximize space and maintain a tidy, clutter-free home. Available in a variety of sizes, shapes, and materials, from rich leather to soft linen or velvet, the ottoman pouf complements a wide range of interior styles — from modern and minimalist to classic and cozy. The plush, upholstered surface adds warmth and texture, enhancing the overall comfort and aesthetic appeal of your space. Bulk Upholstered Ottoman Coffee Table Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 55x55x39. 5cmHCubic Metre: 0. 112cbm1x20GP: 250pcs1x40HQ: 610pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Wood ball legsColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only)Lid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now About Upholstered Ottoman Coffee Table Our upholstered ottoman coffee table is a masterpiece of design and comfort. The classic brown synthetic fabric and gives this ottoman coffee table an elegant appearance; Enough high-rebound sponge inside the ottomans remains full and beautiful, with no unsightly impressions left behind, even after you've placed things on itOur upholstered ottoman boasts a solid wood ball that guarantees strength and stability, which effectively ensures the quality and stability of the product. The bottom of each solid wood leg has anti-slip pads to prevent scratches caused by friction between the bottom and the floorThe convenient flip-up design gives this round ottoman plenty of storage space under the lid, bonus tray on the flip side of the lid making it a versatile addition to the living room. This round ottoman with storage is not just a storage solution and a stylish coffee table ottoman for living room, or transform it into a cozy footrest after a long day. With its adaptable nature, it effortlessly suits various scenarios in your homeWe understand that your time is precious, so we made sure that assembling this ottoman is a breeze, legs only. With clear instructions and user-friendly components, you can immediately enjoy the happiness it brings you. Is it Better to Have an Ottoman or Coffee Table? Choose a Coffee Table if you:1. Need a firm, stable surface. Great for people who regularly put down drinks, food, laptops, puzzles, or décor. No wobbling, no tray needed. 2. Prefer a clean, structured look. Coffee tables add architectural shape and help anchor a room visually. 3. entertain often. Guests can easily place and reach items, making gatherings smoother. 4. Have limited seating needs. If everyone has a sofa/chair, you might not need the extra seating an ottoman provides. Choose an Ottoman if you:1. Want extra seating or a footrest. Ottomans double (or triple! ) as seating, lounging, and sometimes even beds for pets. 2. Want hidden storage. A long storage ottoman can hold blankets, pillows, kids’ toys, board games — perfect for smaller or multi-use spaces. 3. Prefer a softer, cozier look. Fabric ottomans warm up a room and make spaces feel more casual and lounge-friendly. 4. Have kids or prefer soft edges. No sharp corners → safer and more comfortable for crawling toddlers or tight spaces. If you like the comfort/storage of an ottoman but want the functionality of a coffee table, adding a large tray gives you both:Stable drink surfaceEasy to remove when you want to stretch your legsChangeable style with different trays Where Are The Upholstered Ottoman Coffee Tables Used? 1. Homeowners place Upholstered Ottoman Coffee Tables in living rooms to provide a comfortable spot for resting feet and serving drinks. 2. People use them in small apartments to combine seating, storage, and a coffee table in one piece. 3. Users put them in bedrooms as an extra surface for books and as hidden storage for blankets or pillows. 4. Families place them in playrooms to store toys while keeping a soft, safe table for kids. 5. Renters use Upholstered Ottoman Coffee Tables in studio spaces to maximize multifunctional furniture. 6. Office owners set them in lounge areas to create a relaxed seating zone with convenient storage. 7. Airbnb hosts add them to guest rooms or common areas to increase practicality and comfort. 8. Interior designers place them in waiting rooms to offer both a stylish surface and clutter-free storage. 9. Retail stores use them in fitting rooms as soft seating with extra space for holding items. 10. Café owners set Upholstered Ottoman Coffee Tables in cozy corners to provide guests with a versatile tray-top table when the lid is flipped. Frequently Asked Questions About Upholstered Ottoman Coffee Table How many upholstered ottoman coffee tables can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 610pcs table in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Do you offer OEM & ODM services? Yes. We provide design, prototyping, branding, and packaging customization for OEM/ODM clients. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ)? Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. --- > Bulk Beige Ottoman Channel Gray Tufted Ottoman FOB Fuzhou Price, accept custom OEM, logo printing, 20+ units minimum order, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-11-28 - Modified: 2025-11-28 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/bulk-beige-ottoman-channel-gray-tufted-ottoman/ - Categories: Round Ottoman - Tags: Beige Ottoman, Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home Bulk Beige Ottoman Channel Gray Tufted Ottoman FOB Fuzhou Price A beige ottoman is a compact piece that blends seating and storage in one smart design. The cushioned top offers a comfortable spot to sit, rest your feet, or place small items. Open the lid and you’ll find a hidden compartment, perfect for storing blankets, pillows, toys, or daily essentials that need to stay out of sight. This built-in storage is especially useful in smaller homes, helping you make the most of limited space while keeping the room tidy. Beige ottomans come in a wide range of shapes, fabrics, and colors, making it easy to find one that fits your personal style. Whether your décor leans modern, classic, or cozy, an ottoman can blend in seamlessly and add a touch of charm. Its versatility makes it more than just a seat—it’s an organizer, a footrest, and a stylish accent all in one. With comfort and function combined, a storage ottoman brings effortless practicality to any living space. Inquiry WhatsApp Bulk Beige Ottoman Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 40x40x42cmHCubic Metre: 0. 077cbm1x20GP: 360pcs1x40HQ: 880pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Solid wood legColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only)Lid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. A Factory You Can Trust – Specializing in Beige Ottomans Our quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Frequently Asked Questions About Beige Ottoman How many beige ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 880pcs ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can I customize the size and design? Yes. As a factory, we support full customization in size, shape, fabric, color, legs, and stitching patterns. Do your storage ottomans have strong weight capacity? Absolutely. Our ottomans use reinforced wood or MDF structures and can safely support adult seating. Do you offer OEM & ODM services? Yes. We provide design, prototyping, branding, and packaging customization for OEM/ODM clients. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ)? Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. --- > Bulk Faux Leather Ottoman Custom Ottoman 50 sets MOQ Request Quote, wholesale best price with high quality, accept custom OEM, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-11-28 - Modified: 2025-11-28 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/bulk-faux-leather-ottoman-custom-ottoman-50-set/ - Categories: Set Ottoman - Tags: Faux Leather Ottoman, Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman, Pouf, Set of 2 Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home Bulk Faux Leather Ottoman Custom Ottoman 50 sets MOQ Request Quote Inquiry WhatsApp Faux leather ottoman is a versatile piece of furniture that cleverly combines seating and storage functions in one compact design. It typically features a cushioned, upholstered top that can serve as a comfortable seat, footrest, or even a small table surface when needed. This thoughtful structure makes it a practical addition to homes of all sizes. Inside the ottoman is a hollow compartment that provides convenient space for storing various household items. Blankets, extra pillows, magazines, toys, or seasonal accessories can be neatly tucked away, helping maintain an organized and clutter-free living area. This internal storage is especially valuable in smaller apartments or rooms where maximizing space is essential. Faux leather ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, materials, and colors, making it easy for homeowners to choose one that suits their interior design. Whether the room features a modern minimalist look, a cozy traditional style, or a bold contemporary aesthetic, there is almost always an ottoman that complements the décor beautifully. Overall, the combination of comfort, style, and practicality makes the storage ottoman a popular and reliable choice for modern homes. Its multi-purpose design helps create flexible living spaces, offering both a cozy place to sit and a discreet way to store everyday essentials, ultimately contributing to a more efficient and welcoming environment. Custom Faux Leather Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: L: 50x50xx45cmH, S: 42x42x39cmHCubic Metre: 0. 126cbm1x20GP: 222 sets1x40HQ: 540 sets Material Material: Fabric leather, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. How to Use The Faux Leather Ottoman? Faux leather ottoman is a multifunctional and space-saving solution perfect for modern homes. Here’s how you can make the most of them:1. Maximize StorageStore blankets, pillows, toys, books, or seasonal items inside. Use one ottoman for living room clutter, the other for bedroom or entryway storage. 2. Double as Extra SeatingThe padded tops provide comfortable seating when you have guests. Use them at a dining table, vanity, or desk as temporary stools. 3. Stylish Side Tables or Coffee TablesFlip the lid (if reversible) or place a tray on top to use it as a table. Great for holding drinks, snacks, or remote controls. 4. Flexible Room ArrangementKeep one in the living room and the other in a bedroom or hallway. Stack or nest them when not in use (if design allows). 5. Kid-Friendly & Pet-FriendlyUse in kids' rooms for toy storage and as a safe, soft seat. Pets love sitting or napping on the cushioned tops. 6. Travel or Seasonal SwapsUse to pack away out-of-season clothing or shoes. Move around the house as your needs change—lightweight and easy to relocate. Frequently Asked Questions About Faux Leather Ottoman How many faux leather ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 540 sets ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can I customize the size and design? Yes. As a factory, we support full customization in size, shape, fabric, color, legs, and stitching patterns. Do you offer OEM & ODM services? Yes. We provide design, prototyping, branding, and packaging customization for OEM/ODM clients. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. --- > Long Bench Velvet Bed End Bench Custom U Shape Bench Bedroom OEM, accept custom OEM, logo printing, 30+ units minimum order, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-11-28 - Modified: 2025-12-03 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/long-bench-velvet-bed-end-bench-custom-u-shape/ - Categories: Long Bench - Tags: Bed End Bench, Fabric Bench, Fuzhou Fytch, Long Bench, U Shape Bench Home Long Bench Velvet Bed End Bench Custom U Shape Bench Bedroom OEM The long bench elevates your home decor, a stylish bench that will be perfect for your living room or bedroom. This bench in white with its sleek design is versatile. Use it as an end bench in your bedroom or place it in the hallway – the options are many. Enjoy the convenience of a bench that comes fully assembled. Just place it wherever you need and it’s ready to enhance your space! This long bench features a plywood frame and comes with a polyester cover and velvet filling for comfort. Simply wipe the bench with a soft, damp cloth to remove all dirt and dust. Inquiry WhatsApp Custom Long Bench Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 94x45x45cmHCubic Metre: 0. 219cbm1x20GP: 130pcs1x40HQ: 315pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Assembly: No assembly required Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. About Long Bench, 94cm Beige - Handmade - Ottoman Factory This long bench has a channel tufted look, and a right height for sittiing. It is covered in soft, velevt. its simple style adds a nice touch to modern home. It is made to fit many rooms and uses, You can use it as a footrest, extra seat or a place to get dressed. its size fits easily in bedrooms, living rooms, or entryway. Putting it together is very fast and easy, taking only about five minutes. you don't need any tools. It is ready to use right away. For daily life, it gives a soft place to sit while you put on shoes or take a break. it is both handy and comfortable. the design mixes good lloks with everyday use. In short, this is a useful and good-looking bench. it sets up fast, fits anywhere and feels comfortable. it is a great pick for adding both use and style to your room. Quality You Can Rely On – Leading Long Bench Manufacturer Sturdy MDF frame supports up to 220lbs, our ottoman is built to last and designed to impress. It’s the kind of quality you can see and feel. Our standardized production system includes both in-stock and made-to-order lines, ensuring timely delivery whether for bulk or urgent orders. Custom LOGO Industrial Storage Ottoman Bulk Order How do you use the Long Bench? 1. At the Foot of a BedPlace it at the end of your bed to create a stylish bedroom accent. Use it as a spot to sit while putting on shoes. Lay extra blankets, throws, or decorative pillows on it. 2. As Entryway SeatingPut it near the door so you can sit while taking shoes on/off. Add baskets underneath for storage if the design allows. 3. Living Room SeatingUse it as extra seating when guests visit. Place it along a wall as minimalist seating or decor. 4. Under a WindowCreate a cozy sitting nook by placing it beneath a window. 5. As Accent FurnitureIt can function as a decorative piece to add texture and style to a room. Some people use benches like this as a display surface for trays, books, or plants. 6. Dressing Area or ClosetIdeal for sitting while getting dressed or trying on outfits. If you’d like, I can also suggest styling ideas that match your décor theme or help you choose where it fits best in your space. Why Do People Put A Bench At The End Of A Bed? 1. It's useful. You can sit on it to put on your shoes in the morning, and lay out your clothes for the next day on it before going to sleep. 2. It holds things. it's a handy spot to drop your bag when you come home. It also serves as a seat for a coat you take off at night. 3. It makes the room look better. A bench makes the bed area look complete. If fills the empty space at the foot of the bed and shows thoughtful decorating. you can also style it with a couple of throw pillows or a folded blanket. But the long bench without storage, otherwise you can storage more things. 4. The idea comes from tradition. long ago, people placed large chests at the end of bed to store blankets and linens. today's bench is like a modern version of that chest. 5. It serves two purposed. A bench at the foot of the bed solves everyday small problems and makes the bedroom prettier. That's why people like having one. --- > Linen Gray Storage Ottoman with Wood Leg Upholstered Ottoman Wholesale, best price with high quality, accept small quantity, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-11-27 - Modified: 2025-11-27 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/linen-gray-storage-ottoman-with-wood-leg/ - Categories: Storage Ottoman - Tags: Fuzhou Fytch, Gray Storage Ottoman, Ottoman, Pouf, Storage Ottoman, Upholstered Ottoman Home Linen Gray Storage Ottoman with Wood Leg Upholstered Ottoman Wholesale Inquiry WhatsApp Gray storage ottoman is a multifunctional piece of furniture that beautifully combines style, comfort, and practicality. It typically features a spacious cushioned top, which serves as both a comfortable footrest or extra seating area, and a broad surface for placing trays, drinks, books, or decorative items. This dual-purpose design makes it a perfect centerpiece for living rooms, providing both elegance and everyday convenience. Many ottomans are designed with built-in storage compartments or removable trays, offering a smart solution for keeping your living space organized. You can easily store blankets, magazines, or remote controls within, helping to maximize space and maintain a tidy, clutter-free home. Available in a variety of sizes, shapes, and materials, from rich leather to soft linen or velvet, the ottoman complements a wide range of interior styles — from modern and minimalist to classic and cozy. The plush, upholstered surface adds warmth and texture, enhancing the overall comfort and aesthetic appeal of your space. Custom Gray Storage Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 40x40x41. 5cmHCubic Metre: 0. 072cbm1x20GP: 390pcs1x40HQ: 960pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Where Are The Gray Storage Ottoman Used? 1. The gray storage ottoman with tray is ideal for living rooms, serving as a multifunctional seat and mini table. 2. It works perfectly as a footrest in front of armchairs or sofas. 3. Bedrooms use the gray storage ottoman with tray at the bed end to add both convenience and decoration. 4. Entryways benefit from a stable pouf for sitting while putting on shoes. 5. In home offices, the ottoman becomes a comfortable footrest or secondary seat. 6. Kids’ rooms make great use of poufs for soft, safe, movable seating. 7. With its removable top, the gray storage ottoman with tray functions as a compact coffee or snack table. 8. Reading nooks use the pouf to create a cozy, relaxed atmosphere. 9. Hotels often place an ottoman in guest rooms or lounge areas to elevate comfort. 10. Salons and boutiques use poufs to offer stylish waiting-area seating. 11. In game rooms, the ottoman becomes a casual and portable seat. 12. Small apartments appreciate the ottoman’s multifunctional design and easy mobility. 13. Photo studios use the ottoman with tray as a versatile décor and styling prop. 14. On enclosed balconies, the ottoman helps create a warm and relaxing retreat. 15. Dining corners sometimes pair an gray storage ottoman with a low table for flexible seating. Frequently Asked Questions About Gray Storage Ottoman How many gray storage ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 960pcs ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can I customize the size and design? Yes. As a factory, we support full customization in size, shape, fabric, color, legs, and stitching patterns. Do your storage ottomans have strong weight capacity? Absolutely. Our ottomans use reinforced wood or MDF structures and can safely support adult seating. Do you offer OEM & ODM services? Yes. We provide design, prototyping, branding, and packaging customization for OEM/ODM clients. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. What packaging options are available? We offer standard export packaging, mail-order packaging, and custom cartons with your branding. --- > Wholesale Upholstered Side Table Coffee Table with Storage and Tray, Custom Furniture factory, best price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-11-27 - Modified: 2025-11-27 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/wholesale-upholstered-side-table-coffee-table/ - Categories: Ottoman Table - Tags: Coffee Table, Ottoman, Pouf, Round Ottoman, Storage Ottoman, Upholstered Side Table Home Upholstered Storage Side Table Custom Side Table Free Sample Upholstered side table is a multifunctional piece of furniture that beautifully combines style, comfort, and practicality. It typically features a spacious cushioned top, which serves as both a comfortable footrest or extra seating area, and a broad surface for placing trays, drinks, books, or decorative items. This dual-purpose design makes it a perfect centerpiece for living rooms, providing both elegance and everyday convenience. Many upholstered side tables are designed with built-in storage compartments or removable trays, offering a smart solution for keeping your living space organized. You can easily store blankets, magazines, or remote controls within, helping to maximize space and maintain a tidy, clutter-free home. Available in a variety of sizes, shapes, and materials, from rich leather to soft linen or velvet, the side table complements a wide range of interior styles — from modern and minimalist to classic and cozy. The plush, upholstered surface adds warmth and texture, enhancing the overall comfort and aesthetic appeal of your space. Inquiry WhatsApp Upholstered Storage Side Table Custom Side Table Free Sample Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 43x43x41cmHCubic Metre: 0. 089cbm1x20GP: 315pcs1x40HQ: 770pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now Where Are The Upholstered Side Tables Used? 1. The upholstered side table with tray is ideal for living rooms, serving as a multifunctional seat and mini table. 2. It works perfectly as a footrest in front of armchairs or sofas. 3. Bedrooms use the upholstered side table with tray at the bed end to add both convenience and decoration. 4. Entryways benefit from a stable table ottoman for sitting while putting on shoes. 5. In home offices, the upholstered side table becomes a comfortable footrest or secondary seat. 6. Kids’ rooms make great use of tables for soft, safe, movable seating. 7. With its removable top, the upholstered side table with tray functions as a compact coffee or snack table. 8. Reading nooks use the table to create a cozy, relaxed atmosphere. 9. Hotels often place a upholstered side table in guest rooms or lounge areas to elevate comfort. 10. Salons and boutiques use tables to offer stylish waiting-area seating. 11. In game rooms, the upholstered side table becomes a casual and portable seat. 12. Small apartments appreciate the table’s multifunctional design and easy mobility. 13. Photo studios use the upholstered side table with tray as a versatile décor and styling prop. 14. On enclosed balconies, the table helps create a warm and relaxing retreat. 15. Dining corners sometimes pair a side table with a low table for flexible seating. --- > Pouf Side Table Custom Pouf Ottoman Storage Ottoman Pouffes, wholesale moderate price with high quality, accept small quantity, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-11-27 - Modified: 2025-12-02 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/pouf-side-table-custom-pouf-ottoman-storage/ - Categories: Ottoman Table - Tags: Fuzhou Fytch, Pouf, Pouf Ottoman, Pouf Side Table, Round Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home Pouf Side Table Custom Pouf Ottoman Storage Ottoman Pouffes Inquiry WhatsApp Pouf side table is a multifunctional piece of furniture that beautifully combines style, comfort, and practicality. It typically features a spacious cushioned top, which serves as both a comfortable footrest or extra seating area, and a broad surface for placing trays, drinks, books, or decorative items. This dual-purpose design makes it a perfect centerpiece for living rooms, providing both elegance and everyday convenience. Many tables are designed with built-in storage compartments or removable trays, offering a smart solution for keeping your living space organized. You can easily store blankets, magazines, or remote controls within, helping to maximize space and maintain a tidy, clutter-free home. Available in a variety of sizes, shapes, and materials, from rich leather to soft linen or velvet, the pouf side table complements a wide range of interior styles — from modern and minimalist to classic and cozy. The plush, upholstered surface adds warmth and texture, enhancing the overall comfort and aesthetic appeal of your space. Custom Pouf Side Table Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 55x55x43cmHCubic Metre: 0. 145cbm1x20GP: 195pcs1x40HQ: 470pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Where Craftsmanship Meets Reliability – Pouf Side Table Specialists Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. About Pouf Side Table Practical and stylish, this round storage stool not only serves as a relaxing footstool when you're lounging, but its waterproof wooden top also allows it to be used as a coffee table in the living room, or to provide large storage space. This versatile ottoman is supported by sturdy comes with anti-skid pads to protect your floors well. It's padded soft, synthetic fabric, creating a vintage feel we love. Lift the top to reveal spacious storage, perfect for keeping your space tidy and can be a coffee table. What is a Pouf Furniture? Pouf furniture is a small, soft, and portable piece used for seating, relaxing, or decorating a room. A pouf is usually round or square, made with fabric, pu leather, or woven materials. It is lightweight and easy to move, so people often use it in the living room, bedroom, or reading corner. A pouf can work as a footrest, a small seat, or even a simple accent piece that adds comfort to a space. A pouf side table is a pouf that can also be used as a small table. Many people place a tray on top of the pouf to create a flat surface for drinks, books, or decor. This makes the pouf side table a flexible piece that works for both seating and table use. It is helpful in small spaces where one piece must do more than one job. Pouf furniture is different from a traditional ottoman, but they have similar uses. A pouf is usually softer and smaller, while an ottoman can be bigger, firmer, and often includes storage. Many homes use both poufs and ottomans because they serve different purposes. A pouf adds casual seating, while an ottoman may be used as a center table or footrest. A popular choice for modern homes is the Upholstered Ottoman Coffee Table. This piece works as a coffee table but has a padded, upholstered surface. It can be rectangular, round, or square. Many people choose an Upholstered Ottoman Coffee Table when they want a soft, family-friendly piece with no sharp corners. It can also be used as extra seating, and some designs include storage space inside. This type of ottoman is ideal for living rooms where comfort and function are both important. Another useful piece is the upholstered side table. This type of table is firm enough to hold items but has an upholstered finish for a softer look. An upholstered side table can be placed next to a sofa, armchair, or bed. It works well in homes that prefer fabric furniture rather than wood or metal tables. Some upholstered side tables match ottomans or poufs, creating a coordinated set. Pouf furniture, pouf side tables, Upholstered Ottoman Coffee Tables, and upholstered side tables all belong to the same flexible furniture category. They help people save space, add comfort, and create multipurpose rooms. These pieces are easy to move, easy to pair with different styles, and useful in both small and large homes. They are also good choices for apartments, family rooms, bedrooms, and children’s rooms because they are soft and safe. When choosing pouf furniture, think about size, shape, color, and how you want to use the piece. A pouf is great for casual seating. A pouf side table is helpful for holding small items. An Upholstered Ottoman Coffee Table can replace a hard coffee table. An upholstered side table offers a soft and functional surface near your seating. All these pieces make your home more practical and comfortable. Frequently Asked Questions About Pouf Side Table How many pouf side table can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 470pcs side table in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can I customize the size and design? Yes. As a factory, we support full customization in size, shape, fabric, color, legs, and stitching patterns. Do you offer OEM & ODM services? Yes. We provide design, prototyping, branding, and packaging customization for OEM/ODM clients. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. What packaging options are available? We offer standard export packaging, mail-order packaging, and custom cartons with your branding. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ)? Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. --- > Blue Pouf Custom Pouf Ottoman Storage Ottoman Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-11-27 - Modified: 2025-11-27 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/blue-pouf-custom-pouf-ottoman-storage-ottoman/ - Categories: Footstool/ Pouf - Tags: Blue Pouf, Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman, Ottoman Table, Pouf, Storage Ottoman Home Blue Pouf Custom Pouf Ottoman Storage Ottoman Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp A blue pouf is a versatile piece of furniture that cleverly combines seating and storage functions in one compact design. It typically features a cushioned, upholstered top that can serve as a comfortable seat, footrest, or even a small table surface when needed. This thoughtful structure makes it a practical addition to homes of all sizes. Inside the pouf is a hollow compartment that provides convenient space for storing various household items. Blankets, extra pillows, magazines, toys, or seasonal accessories can be neatly tucked away, helping maintain an organized and clutter-free living area. This internal storage is especially valuable in smaller apartments or rooms where maximizing space is essential. Poufs come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, materials, and colors, making it easy for homeowners to choose one that suits their interior design. Whether the room features a modern minimalist look, a cozy traditional style, or a bold contemporary aesthetic, there is almost always an ottoman that complements the décor beautifully. Overall, the combination of comfort, style, and practicality makes the pouf a popular and reliable choice for modern homes. Its multi-purpose design helps create flexible living spaces, offering both a cozy place to sit and a discreet way to store everyday essentials, ultimately contributing to a more efficient and welcoming environment. Custom Blue Pouf Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method: Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 59x59x43cmHCubic Metre: 0. 162cbm1x20GP: 172pcs1x40HQ: 420pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method: Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Your Reliable Factory for Blue Pouf Solutions Our standardized production system includes both in-stock and made-to-order lines, ensuring timely delivery whether for bulk or urgent orders. From design and sampling to production, quality control, packaging, and shipping—we offer end-to-end support with a dedicated account manager for every client. Custom LOGO Industrial Storage Ottoman Bulk Order We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. How do you use a Blue Pouf? 1. Place your blue pouf beside a chair to add quick seating. Move it easily when you need extra space. Let it support casual conversations. 2. Use the pouf as a footrest after a long day. Push it in front of your sofa and relax your legs. Adjust its position for comfort. 3. Set a tray on the pouf to hold drinks. Keep items stable while you watch a show. Clear the tray when you need open space. 4. Slide the pouf under a table when not in use. Save floor room for movement. Pull it out fast when guests arrive. 5. Place the pouf near a window for reading. Sit on it while enjoying natural light. Shift it to match your posture. 6. Use it as a low table for kids’ activities. Let children draw or play within reach. Move it to any room with ease. 7. Add the pouf to your entryway for convenience. Sit on it while tying shoes. Keep it ready for daily routines. 8. Store lightweight items inside models with hidden space. Lift the top and place accessories inside. Close it to keep your area tidy. --- > Round Leather Pouf Ottoman Custom Pouf ottoman Wholesale Free Sample, wholesale factory price with high quality, small quantity,welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-11-27 - Modified: 2025-11-28 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/round-leather-pouf-ottoman-custom-pouf-ottoman/ - Categories: Footstool/ Pouf - Tags: Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman, Pouf, Pouf Ottoman, Round Leather Pouf Ottoman Home Round Leather Pouf Ottoman Custom Pouf ottoman Wholesale Free Sample Inquiry WhatsApp A round leather pouf ottoman is a compact and functional piece of furniture designed to provide comfort, support, and relaxation. It typically features a soft, cushioned top, allowing you to rest your feet after a long day, relieve pressure, and improve posture while sitting. Its compact design makes it easy to place in front of sofas, armchairs, or lounge chairs, offering both comfort and convenience in any living space. Ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, and materials, from minimalist wooden frames to upholstered designs in fabric, leather, or velvet. This variety allows them to blend seamlessly with different interior styles, whether modern, contemporary, or traditional. In addition to their practical function, ottomans also serve as decorative accents, adding a touch of texture, color, or charm to a room. Many pouf ottomans are designed with extra features such as built-in storage, removable covers for easy cleaning, or lightweight construction for effortless movement. Some may also include matching designs that complement sofas or chairs as part of a coordinated furniture set. Combining comfort, versatility, and aesthetic appeal, the ottoman is a simple yet essential addition to any home — perfect for creating a cozy and relaxing environment while enhancing your overall décor. Custom Round Leather Pouf Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 39x39x47cmHCubic Metre: 0. 078cbm1x20GP: 360pcs1x40HQ: 880pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Assembly: No assembly required Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. What is the Round Leather Pouf Ottoman? A round leather pouf ottoman is a compact, cylindrical seat designed for flexible use in any room. It often works as a footrest, side seat, or small accent table. Its soft top and stable shape make it easy to move and place where you need it. This style of pouf ottoman usually features durable leather upholstery that adds a clean, modern look. The smooth surface is simple to maintain and fits well with many décor themes. Its structure offers comfortable support for daily use. You can set this pouf ottoman beside a sofa, under a desk, or in a reading corner. It helps create extra seating without taking much space. Its round form also softens the room layout and keeps the area inviting. How do you use the Round Leather Pouf Ottoman? 1. Place the round leather pouf ottoman beside your sofa for quick seating. Move it when you need an extra spot. Let guests use it during casual visits. 2. Use the pouf ottoman as a footrest after work. Position it in front of your chair and stretch your legs. Adjust it to find the most relaxing angle. 3. Set a small tray on top of the pouf ottoman to hold drinks or snacks. Keep items steady while you read or watch TV. Remove the tray when you want open seating again. 4. Slide the pouf under a table when not in use. Save space and keep the room tidy. Pull it out quickly when more seating is needed. 5. Place the pouf near a window to create a reading spot. Sit on it and enjoy natural light. Shift it to match your sitting height or comfort. 6. Use it as a low table for kids’ activities. Let children draw or play on its soft surface. Move it easily from room to room. 7. Add the pouf ottoman to your entryway for everyday tasks. Sit on it while tying shoes. Keep it ready for busy mornings. 8. Use the round leather pouf ottoman as a décor accent. Add warmth and texture to your living space. Place it wherever the room needs a simple functional touch. Frequently Asked Questions About Round Leather Pouf Ottoman How many round leather pouf ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 880pcs pouf ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. --- > Custom Small Footstool Grey Small Footstool Custom Footstools Free Samples, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-11-26 - Modified: 2025-11-26 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-small-footstool-grey-small-footstool/ - Categories: Footstool/ Pouf - Tags: Custom Footstool, Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman, Small Footstool Home Custom Small Footstool Grey Small Footstool Custom Footstools Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp Small footstool is a compact and functional piece of furniture designed to provide comfort, support, and relaxation. It typically features a soft, cushioned top, allowing you to rest your feet after a long day, relieve pressure, and improve posture while sitting. Its compact design makes it easy to place in front of sofas, armchairs, or lounge chairs, offering both comfort and convenience in any living space. Footstools come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, and materials, from minimalist wooden frames to upholstered designs in fabric, leather, or velvet. This variety allows them to blend seamlessly with different interior styles, whether modern, contemporary, or traditional. In addition to their practical function, footstools also serve as decorative accents, adding a touch of texture, color, or charm to a room. Many modern footstools are designed with extra features such as built-in storage, removable covers for easy cleaning, or lightweight construction for effortless movement. Some may also include matching designs that complement sofas or chairs as part of a coordinated furniture set. Combining comfort, versatility, and aesthetic appeal, the footstool is a simple yet essential addition to any home — perfect for creating a cozy and relaxing environment while enhancing your overall décor. Custom Small Footstool Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 43x43x45cmHCubic Metre: 0. 097cbm1x20GP: 290pcs1x40HQ: 710pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Assembly: No assembly required Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. How do you use a Small Footstool? When I use this small footstool, I focus on simple, practical steps. First, I place it on a flat and stable surface. This model has a thick, soft exterior, so it stays steady and does not scratch the floor. When I sit at my desk, I put my feet on it to release leg pressure. It helps me keep a relaxed posture during long work hours. When I use it as a small seat, I check the structure. The rounded columns support weight well, so I sit in the center. I avoid leaning heavily on the edges. When I need to reach a low shelf or tie my shoes, I also use it as a helper stool because it is light and easy to move. As a factory sales rep, I often tell customers that this footstool is simple to use and fits many situations—living room, bedroom, office. I highlight the steady shape, soft fabric, and durable internal frame. I use it every day because it saves effort, supports the legs, and adds convenience to basic tasks. Frequently Asked Questions About Small Footstool How many small footstools can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 710pcs footstools in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can I customize the size and design? Yes. As a factory, we support full customization in size, shape, fabric, color, legs, and stitching patterns. Do your footstools have strong weight capacity? Absolutely. Our footstools use reinforced wood or MDF structures and can safely support adult seating. Do you offer OEM & ODM services? Yes. We provide design, prototyping, branding, and packaging customization for OEM/ODM clients. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. --- > Velvet Footstool Ottoman Upholstered Footstool Wholesale Factory, wholesale low price with high quality, accept small quantity, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-11-25 - Modified: 2025-11-25 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/velvet-footstool-ottoman-upholstered-footstool/ - Categories: Footstool/ Pouf - Tags: Footstool, Footstool Ottoman, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman, Storage Footstool, Storage Ottoman, Upholstered Footstool Home Velvet Footstool Ottoman Upholstered Footstool Wholesale Factory Inquiry WhatsApp A footstool ottoman is a compact and functional piece of furniture designed to provide comfort, support, and relaxation. It typically features a soft, cushioned top, allowing you to rest your feet after a long day, relieve pressure, and improve posture while sitting. Its compact design makes it easy to place in front of sofas, armchairs, or lounge chairs, offering both comfort and convenience in any living space. Footstool ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, and materials, from minimalist wooden frames to upholstered designs in fabric, leather, or velvet. This variety allows them to blend seamlessly with different interior styles, whether modern, contemporary, or traditional. In addition to their practical function, footstools also serve as decorative accents, adding a touch of texture, color, or charm to a room. Many modern footstool ottomans are designed with extra features such as built-in storage, removable covers for easy cleaning, or lightweight construction for effortless movement. Some may also include matching designs that complement sofas or chairs as part of a coordinated furniture set. Combining comfort, versatility, and aesthetic appeal, the footstool ottoman is a simple yet essential addition to any home — perfect for creating a cozy and relaxing environment while enhancing your overall décor. Custom Footstool Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 56x40x40cmHCubic Metre: 0. 061cbm1x20GP: 460pcs1x40HQ: 1120pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Solid wood legColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only)Lid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Your Reliable Factory for Bulk Footstool Ottoman Solutions Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. What Are The Key Aspects of Custom Footstool Ottoman? A custom footstool ottoman combines function, comfort, and design personalization. When choosing or designing one, several key aspects matter:1. Size & DimensionsDifferent uses require different sizes:Small/compact for tight spacesLarge/oversized for multi-purpose use (seating + footrest)Height should match your sofa/chair for ergonomic comfort2. ShapeCommon shapes include:Square – classic and versatileRectangle/Suitcase – great for larger seating areasRound/Oval – soft aesthetic, safer in high-traffic areasCustom/unique shapes – tailored to specific décor styles3. Frame ConstructionA solid frame ensures durability:Hardwood (e. g. , oak, birch) is strongestPlywood or engineered wood/MDF for lighter useMetal frames for modern or industrial designs4. Cushioning & ComfortComfort level varies depending on filling:High-density foam for firm support5. Upholstery MaterialChoose based on style and practicality:Fabric (linen, cotton, polyester) – soft and versatileLeather – luxurious, durable, easy to cleanVelvet – elegant but needs carePerformance fabrics – stain-resistant and pet/kid-friendly6. Style & Design DetailsCustomization often focuses on visual elements:Tufting (buttoned, diamond, or channel tufting)Nailhead trimPiping or decorative seamsSkirted vs. exposed legs7. Legs & Base OptionsInfluence both aesthetics and stability:Wooden legs, metal legs, or fully upholstered baseCasters for mobilityNo legs (floor cushion-style) for minimalist look8. Storage FunctionalityMany custom ottomans include:Hinged lift-up topDrawer storageOpen shelvingGreat for blankets, magazines, remotes, or toys. 9. Weight Capacity & DurabilityIf the ottoman will double as seating, choose:Stronger frameHigh-density foamStretch-resistant upholstery10. Purpose / Functional UseCustom ottomans can be designed for:FootrestExtra seatingCoffee table substituteBedroom accent pieceStorage solutionEntryway bench11. Color & Pattern CustomizationOne of the biggest attractions of a custom piece:Match existing furnitureComplement room color schemesAdd contrast or visual interest12. Price RangeDepends on customization level:Materials selectedCraftsmanshipSize and special features --- > What is an Ottoman Storage Ottoman Custom Ottoman Wholesale, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-11-25 - Modified: 2025-12-02 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/what-is-an-ottoman-storage-ottoman-custom/ - Categories: NEWS - Tags: fabric ottoman, Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman, Ottoman Table, Pouf, Round Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home What Is an Ottoman? — A Practical Guide From Our Factory In the furniture business, few items grow as steadily as the ottoman—especially the upholstered storage ottoman. After years of manufacturing and exporting them, we’ve seen one thing clearly:if there’s one compact piece that works in many rooms, fits multiple price points, and sells across all channels, it’s the ottoman. What Exactly Is an Ottoman? An ottoman is a backless, armless, upholstered piece. It works as a seat, a footrest, a soft coffee table, and—our best-selling type—a storage unit. Versatile it is, and widely accepted it has become. That’s why ottomans remain a strong and stable category for wholesale buyers. Where Ottoman Comes From? An ottoman comes from a simple idea. People needed a seat that could also hide stuff. Furniture makers saw the need. They built small padded boxes. They added lids. They added hinges. They made them comfy. They made them cute. They made them useful. Homes got smaller. Storage got tighter. So the ottoman became popular. It spread fast. It fit living rooms. It fit bedrooms. It fit entryways. Today it shows up everywhere. It stays because it works. It keeps things tidy. It keeps rooms stylish. It stays because people love multitasking furniture. Why do they call it an Ottoman? The word “ottoman” comes from the Ottoman Empire, where this type of furniture first became popular. In the 18th century, low cushioned seats were commonly used in Turkish homes as central seating pieces. They were comfortable, versatile, and often placed along the walls of large gathering rooms. When European travelers encountered this style, they brought the idea back home—along with the name “ottoman. ”Over time, the design evolved. Instead of long bench-style seating, Europeans adapted it into the smaller, padded footstools and multifunctional pieces we know today. The name, however, stayed the same, honoring its origins. Today, an ottoman can serve as a footrest, coffee table, extra seat, or storage solution, but its history remains a key part of its charm. Its name is a reminder of the cultural exchange that shaped modern home decor. What is an Ottoman box? The other main advantage of the Ottoman is that it can have a hollow centre and hinged or removable lid. This provides a perfect hidden storage compartment for extra pillows, blankets, magazines or whatever else you want to put in there. Why Consumers Buy Ottoman — and Why Wholesalers Keep Restocking the Ottoman From a user’s perspective, the reason is simple: one piece, many uses. Extra seatingAlways needed in living rooms, bedrooms, and small apartments. FootrestPaired with sofas and accent chairs, it enhances comfort immediately. Storage (our top-selling category)Great for blankets, toys, books, pillows, remotes—anything that needs hiding. Small homes love it, families love it, and online sellers love it even more. Coffee table alternativeAdd a tray on top, and the ottoman becomes a soft, safe table. The more functions it carries, the stronger the repeat orders. Common Styles We Produce- What is an Ottoman? By shapeSquare, Rectangle, Round, OvalCustom shapes for branded clientsBy baseWooden legs, Metal legs, Fully upholstered base, Casters for mobilityBy lidHinged top, Removable lid, Soft top, Hard topBy upholsteryLinen-look fabric, Polyester, Velvet, PU / faux leather, Genuine leather (premium lines)We adjust materials according to your target market and price range. Construction — What B2B Clients Usually Care About Unlike retail customers, wholesalers look at structure, durability, and cost ratio. A typical ottoman we make includes:Frame: solid wood, plywood, metal or MDFFoam: high-density paddingUpholstery: fabric or leather based on trendStorage body: reinforced bottom panelHardware: standard hinges or soft-close optionsEach component can be upgraded or downgraded depending on your budget. How to Choose the Right Ottoman for Your Market When new buyers ask us for suggestions, we usually evaluate:1. Target retail priceThis defines frame type, foam density, fabric grade, and hardware. 2. Market preferencesUS prefers larger pieces; Europe leans toward compact designs;UK loves velvet; Australia likes neutral fabrics. 3. Storage depthShallow vs deep storage—depends on user habits. 4. Upholstery durabilityFor family markets → stain-resistant fabricsFor hotels → abrasion-resistant materials5. Shipping efficiencyKD design often lowers landed cost significantly. 6. Custom brandingLabels, packaging, stitching, legs, fabric—we can customize all. Why Work With Us as Your Ottoman Supplier Long-term cooperation isn’t built on the lowest price—it’s built on stability. And stable, we are. We specialize in upholstered storage ottomansFlexible MOQ for wholesalersOEM / ODM supportFast sampling and fabric sourcingStrong QC systemDaily-used fabrics in stockExport-ready packaging and container loading optimizationWhen our production is steady, your sales can scale. Conclusion---What is an ottoman? The ottoman remains a winning wholesale item for one reason:small size, big purpose. It fits multiple functions, suits every room, adapts to any style, and stays within a friendly cost range. After years of manufacturing, we’ve seen brands grow entire categories around it—and we know exactly why it works. If you’re expanding your lineup or building new SKUs, the ottoman is a category worth investing in. Any questions, please contact Us --- > Ottoman Pouf Synthetic Leather Ottoman Pouf with wood leg, FSC Wholesale Manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-11-24 - Modified: 2025-12-02 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/ottoman-pouf-synthetic-leather-ottoman-pouf-fsc/ - Categories: Ottoman Table - Tags: Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman, Ottoman Pouf, Pouf, Storage Ottoman, Synthetic Leather Ottoman Pouf Home Ottoman Pouf Synthetic Leather Ottoman Pouf FSC Wholesale Manufacturer Inquiry WhatsApp Ottoman pouf is a multifunctional piece of furniture that beautifully combines style, comfort, and practicality. It typically features a spacious cushioned top, which serves as both a comfortable footrest or extra seating area, and a broad surface for placing trays, drinks, books, or decorative items. This dual-purpose design makes it a perfect centerpiece for living rooms, providing both elegance and everyday convenience. Many ottoman poufs are designed with built-in storage compartments or removable trays, offering a smart solution for keeping your living space organized. You can easily store blankets, magazines, or remote controls within, helping to maximize space and maintain a tidy, clutter-free home. Available in a variety of sizes, shapes, and materials, from rich leather to soft linen or velvet, the ottoman pouf complements a wide range of interior styles — from modern and minimalist to classic and cozy. The plush, upholstered surface adds warmth and texture, enhancing the overall comfort and aesthetic appeal of your space. Custom Ottoman Pouf Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 55x55x39. 5cmHCubic Metre: 0. 112cbm1x20GP: 250pcs1x40HQ: 610pcs Material Material: Synthetic leather fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Solid wood legColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only)Lid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Where Craftsmanship Meets Reliability – Ottoman Pouf Specialists Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. What is a Pouf VS Ottoman? A pouf and an ottoman are both small furniture pieces used for seating, resting your feet, or adding function to a room. They look similar, but they serve slightly different purposes. A pouf is usually soft, lightweight, and fully upholstered. It often has no internal frame, so it feels like a firm cushion. A pouf works well as a footrest, a small seat, or a casual accent. Because it is easy to move, people use it in living rooms, bedrooms, and kids’ rooms. A pouf can also become a pouf side table when you place a tray on top for drinks or books. An ottoman is usually more structured. It may have a wood frame, firmer padding, and a stable top. Ottomans come in many shapes and sizes. A long or large ottoman can replace a coffee table, creating an ottoman coffee table for daily use. Ottomans are good for families because they are soft but still stable enough to hold items when needed. A storage ottoman has an inside compartment for blankets, pillows, toys, or other items. This makes it useful for small rooms that need extra space. Storage ottomans can be rectangular, square, or round and often sit in front of a sofa or at the foot of a bed. The difference between a pouf and an ottoman is mainly in structure and function. A pouf is softer and more casual. An ottoman is firmer and can serve as a table or storage piece. Many homes use both because they support different needs. When choosing between a pouf ottoman and a traditional ottoman, think about how much support you want, how you plan to use it, and whether storage or table use is important. Both pieces add comfort and flexibility to any room. What is a Pouf Furniture? Pouf furniture is a small, soft, and portable piece used for seating, relaxing, or decorating a room. A pouf is usually round or square, made with fabric, pu leather, or woven materials. It is lightweight and easy to move, so people often use it in the living room, bedroom, or reading corner. A pouf can work as a footrest, a small seat, or even a simple accent piece that adds comfort to a space. A pouf side table is a pouf that can also be used as a small table. Many people place a tray on top of the pouf to create a flat surface for drinks, books, or decor. This makes the pouf side table a flexible piece that works for both seating and table use. It is helpful in small spaces where one piece must do more than one job. Pouf furniture is different from a traditional ottoman, but they have similar uses. A pouf is usually softer and smaller, while an ottoman can be bigger, firmer, and often includes storage. Many homes use both poufs and ottomans because they serve different purposes. A pouf adds casual seating, while an ottoman may be used as a center table or footrest. A popular choice for modern homes is the Upholstered Ottoman Coffee Table. This piece works as a coffee table but has a padded, upholstered surface. It can be rectangular, round, or square. Many people choose an Upholstered Ottoman Coffee Table when they want a soft, family-friendly piece with no sharp corners. It can also be used as extra seating, and some designs include storage space inside. This type of ottoman is ideal for living rooms where comfort and function are both important. Another useful piece is the upholstered side table. This type of table is firm enough to hold items but has an upholstered finish for a softer look. An upholstered side table can be placed next to a sofa, armchair, or bed. It works well in homes that prefer fabric furniture rather than wood or metal tables. Some upholstered side tables match ottomans or poufs, creating a coordinated set. Pouf furniture, pouf side tables, Upholstered Ottoman Coffee Tables, and upholstered side tables all belong to the same flexible furniture category. They help people save space, add comfort, and create multipurpose rooms. These pieces are easy to move, easy to pair with different styles, and useful in both small and large homes. They are also good choices for apartments, family rooms, bedrooms, and children’s rooms because they are soft and safe. When choosing pouf furniture, think about size, shape, color, and how you want to use the piece. A pouf is great for casual seating. A pouf side table is helpful for holding small items. An Upholstered Ottoman Coffee Table can replace a hard coffee table. An upholstered side table offers a soft and functional surface near your seating. All these pieces make your home more practical and comfortable. Where Are The Ottoman Poufs Used? 1. The ottoman pouf with tray is ideal for living rooms, serving as a multifunctional seat and mini table. 2. It works perfectly as a footrest in front of armchairs or sofas. 3. Bedrooms use the ottoman pouf with tray at the bed end to add both convenience and decoration. 4. Entryways benefit from a stable pouf for sitting while putting on shoes. 5. In home offices, the ottoman pouf becomes a comfortable footrest or secondary seat. 6. Kids’ rooms make great use of poufs for soft, safe, movable seating. 7. With its removable top, the ottoman pouf with tray functions as a compact coffee or snack table. 8. Reading nooks use the pouf to create a cozy, relaxed atmosphere. 9. Hotels often place an ottoman pouf in guest rooms or lounge areas to elevate comfort. 10. Salons and boutiques use poufs to offer stylish waiting-area seating. 11. In game rooms, the ottoman pouf becomes a casual and portable seat. 12. Small apartments appreciate the pouf’s multifunctional design and easy mobility. 13. Photo studios use the ottoman pouf with tray as a versatile décor and styling prop. 14. On enclosed balconies, the pouf helps create a warm and relaxing retreat. 15. Dining corners sometimes pair an ottoman pouf with a low table for flexible seating. Frequently Asked Questions About Ottoman Pouf How many ottoman poufs can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 610pcs ottoman pouf in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do your ottomans include storage functionality? Many of our ottomans come with hidden storage space inside. This feature can be added or removed based on your order specifications. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ) for ottoman pouf? Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. --- > Floor Pouf Custom Floor Pouf Ottoman Free Design Wholesale, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-11-24 - Modified: 2025-11-24 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/floor-pouf-custom-floor-pouf-ottoman/ - Categories: Footstool/ Pouf - Tags: Floor Pouf, Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Pouf, Pouffe, Storage Ottoman Home Floor Pouf Custom Floor Pouf Ottoman Free Design Wholesale A floor pouf is a compact piece that blends seating and storage in one smart design. The cushioned top offers a comfortable spot to sit, rest your feet, or place small items. Open the lid and you’ll find a hidden compartment, perfect for storing blankets, pillows, toys, or daily essentials that need to stay out of sight. This built-in storage is especially useful in smaller homes, helping you make the most of limited space while keeping the room tidy. Floor poufs come in a wide range of shapes, fabrics, and colors, making it easy to find one that fits your personal style. Whether your décor leans modern, classic, or cozy, an ottoman can blend in seamlessly and add a touch of charm. Its versatility makes it more than just a seat—it’s an organizer, a footrest, and a stylish accent all in one. With comfort and function combined, a floor pouf brings effortless practicality to any living space. Inquiry WhatsApp Custom Floor Pouf Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 45x45x46cmHCubic Metre: 0. 106cbm1x20GP: 265pcs1x40HQ: 665pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Quality You Can Rely On – Leading Floor Pouf Manufacturer Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. What Are the Features of an Floor Pouf? 1. This floor pouf features a modern round silhouette that fits seamlessly into contemporary interiors. 2. It includes a hidden storage compartment, perfect for organizing small household items, toys, or accessories. 3. The exterior is upholstered in soft, textured fabric with a stylish diagonal-stitched pattern. 4. Its cushioned top provides comfortable seating for adults or children. 5. The floor pouf is lightweight and easy to move around different rooms. 6. The removable lid allows quick access to the inside storage space. 7. Its neutral color palette makes the floor pouf versatile for living rooms, bedrooms, and dressing areas. 8. The sturdy internal frame ensures durability and long-term use. 9. This floor pouf can double as a footrest, small seat, or decorative accent piece. 10. Compact sizing allows the floor pouf to fit perfectly in small apartments or cozy corners. Frequently Asked Questions About Floor Pouf How many floor poufs can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 665pcs floor pouf in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can I customize the size and design? Yes. As a factory, we support full customization in size, shape, fabric, color, legs, and stitching patterns. Do your storage ottomans have strong weight capacity? Absolutely. Our ottomans use reinforced wood or MDF structures and can safely support adult seating. Do you offer OEM & ODM services? Yes. We provide design, prototyping, branding, and packaging customization for OEM/ODM clients. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ) for floor pouf? Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. --- > Custom Leather Pouf Brown Leather Pouf Custom Pouf Wholesale, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-11-24 - Modified: 2025-11-25 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-leather-pouf-brown-leather-pouf-custom/ - Categories: Footstool/ Pouf - Tags: Custom Pouf, Foot rest, Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Leather Pouf, Pouf Home Custom Leather Pouf Brown Leather Pouf Custom Pouf Wholesale Inquiry WhatsApp A leather pouf is a compact and functional piece of furniture designed to provide comfort, support, and relaxation. It typically features a soft, cushioned top, allowing you to rest your feet after a long day, relieve pressure, and improve posture while sitting. Its compact design makes it easy to place in front of sofas, armchairs, or lounge chairs, offering both comfort and convenience in any living space. Leather pouf come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, and materials, from minimalist wooden frames to upholstered designs in fabric, leather, or velvet. This variety allows them to blend seamlessly with different interior styles, whether modern, contemporary, or traditional. In addition to their practical function, poufs also serve as decorative accents, adding a touch of texture, color, or charm to a room. Many modern leather poufs are designed with extra features such as built-in storage, removable covers for easy cleaning, or lightweight construction for effortless movement. Some may also include matching designs that complement sofas or chairs as part of a coordinated furniture set. Combining comfort, versatility, and aesthetic appeal, the leather pouf is a simple yet essential addition to any home — perfect for creating a cozy and relaxing environment while enhancing your overall décor. Custom Leather Pouf Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 56×40. 5×42 cmHCubic Metre: 0. 105cbm1x20GP: 265pcs1x40HQ: 650pcs Material Material: PU leather, MDF wood, Foam padding, Solid wood legColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Assembly: No assembly required Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. A Factory You Can Trust – Specializing in Leather Pouf Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. What's the Leather Pouf? Leather pouf is a small, low piece of furniture designed for resting your feet while sitting. It provides comfort by allowing you to elevate your legs and reduce pressure on your lower back. Typically placed in front of a chair or sofa, a footstool can also serve as a decorative accent or a compact support under a desk for better posture. Unlike an ottoman, which may include storage, a lid, or serve as a seat/table, a footstool is generally simpler and more specialized. What Are The Key Aspects of Custom Leather Pouf? The key aspects of a custom leather pouf revolve around tailoring it to meet specific aesthetic, functional, and ergonomic needs. Here are the main aspects to consider:1. DimensionsHeight, width, and depth based on the user's preferences and how it will be used (e. g. , footrest, extra seating, or storage). Should match the proportions of the furniture it will accompany (e. g. , a sofa or chair). 2. FunctionalityStandard footrest or multipurpose (e. g. , storage ottoman, tray table, or convertible seating). Mobility: Fixed legs or casters for easier movement. Weight capacity if it's to be used for seating. 3. MaterialsFrame: Wood, metal, or composite based on durability and design preference. Upholstery: Leather, fabric, vinyl, or other materials tailored to the room’s style and durability requirements. Padding: Foam density affects comfort and longevity. 4. Style & DesignMatches the interior decor (modern, traditional, rustic, etc. ). Custom fabric patterns, tufting, piping, or nailhead trim for aesthetics. Shape options: rectangular, square, round, or custom forms. 5. Finish & ColorChoice of stain or paint for wood elements. Upholstery color and texture to coordinate with the room. 6. ErgonomicsDesigned for proper leg support (ideal pouf height is typically 10–18 inches from the ground, depending on the seat it accompanies). Sufficient surface area for comfort without taking up excess space. 7. Craftsmanship & DurabilityQuality of joinery, stitching, and upholstery. Long-term durability, especially if it sees frequent use. --- > Storage Ottoman Bench Custom Storage Ottoman Bench Wholesale Manufacturer, wholesale furniture, low price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-11-23 - Modified: 2025-11-23 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/storage-ottoman-bench-custom-storage-ottoman/ - Categories: Long Bench - Tags: Bed End of Bench, Fabric Bench, Fuzhou Fytch, Long Bench, Storage Bench Home Storage Ottoman Bench Custom Storage Ottoman Bench Wholesale Manufacturer Inquiry WhatsApp A storage ottoman bench is a practical and stylish piece of furniture that combines seating and storage in one functional design. It typically features a sturdy, cushioned seat that provides comfortable seating, while the built-in storage compartment beneath offers ample space for keeping household items such as shoes, blankets, pillows, or seasonal accessories neatly organized. This dual-purpose design helps maximize space and maintain a clean, clutter-free environment in any room. Storage ottoman benches come in a variety of sizes, materials, and designs, making them versatile additions to entryways, bedrooms, living rooms, or hallways. Whether upholstered in soft fabric for a cozy touch or crafted from solid wood for a timeless look, a storage bench can easily complement different interior styles — from modern and minimal to classic and rustic. Many storage ottoman benches feature hinged lids, pull-out drawers, or open shelving, offering convenient access and flexible organization options. Some designs also include decorative tufting, armrests, or backrests, adding both comfort and visual appeal. Custom Storage Ottoman Bench Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 117×46. 5x43cmHCubic Metre: 0. 257cbm1x20GP: 110 pcs1x40HQ: 265 pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Where Craftsmanship Meets Reliability – Storage Ottoman Bench Specialists Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. What is the Storage Ottoman Bench used for? 1. Extra seating — It can serve as a bench or stool when you have guests or just need another place to sit. 2. Hidden storage compartment — Lift the lid (or open a drawer) to stash blankets, pillows, toys, out-of-season clothes, etc. 3. Footrest / ottoman — Use it in front of a sofa or armchair to put your feet up. Better Homes & Gardens4. Coffee table alternative — With a flat top (or add a tray), it can serve as a coffee table or side table in the living room. 5. Entryway bench — Positioned near the door, it offers a seat for putting on shoes, and storage for outdoor accessories like hats, gloves, umbrellas. 6. Bedroom bench at foot of bed — It can sit at the end of the bed, providing both storage and a spot to sit while getting dressed or putting on shoes. 7. Tidy up children’s or toy room — Use it to store toys, games, books, art supplies, while also functioning as seating for kids. 8. Office or study storage — For home-offices, use it to hide away supplies, files or miscellaneous items that need to stay accessible but out of sight. 9. Support small spaces — In apartments or smaller rooms, it enables multifunctionality (seat + storage + table) without needing many separate pieces of furniture. 10. Stylish décor piece — It adds visual texture, meets aesthetic needs (fabric, color, shape) while also being functional. 11. Shoe storage or bag drop point — In a hallway or mudroom, it’s a convenient place to store less-frequently worn shoes or bags, keeping clutter under control. 12. Blanket / throw / pillow storage — Especially in living rooms or bedrooms, you can store extra throws, cushions, bed linens inside. 13. Guest-ready seating & storage — For guest rooms, it offers seating and hidden space for guest use (e. g. , extra towels, linens), making the room more versatile and tidy. --- > Blue Ottoman Square Ottoman Custom Ottoman Free Samples, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-11-23 - Modified: 2025-11-23 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/blue-ottoman-square-ottoman-custom-ottoman/ - Categories: Storage Ottoman - Tags: Blue Ottoman, Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Square Otoman, Storage Ottoman Home Blue Ottoman Square Ottoman Custom Ottoman Free Samples A blue ottoman is a compact piece that blends seating and storage in one smart design. The cushioned top offers a comfortable spot to sit, rest your feet, or place small items. Open the lid and you’ll find a hidden compartment, perfect for storing blankets, pillows, toys, or daily essentials that need to stay out of sight. This built-in storage is especially useful in smaller homes, helping you make the most of limited space while keeping the room tidy. Blue ottomans come in a wide range of shapes, fabrics, and colors, making it easy to find one that fits your personal style. Whether your décor leans modern, classic, or cozy, an ottoman can blend in seamlessly and add a touch of charm. Its versatility makes it more than just a seat—it’s an organizer, a footrest, and a stylish accent all in one. With comfort and function combined, a storage ottoman brings effortless practicality to any living space. Inquiry WhatsApp Custom Blue Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 45x37x48cmHCubic Metre: 0. 056cbm1x20GP: 500pcs1x40HQ: 1215pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Solid wood legColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only)Lid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Where Craftsmanship Meets Reliability – Blue Ottoman Specialists Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. What is the Blue Ottoman used for? A blue ottoman serves the same multifunctional purposes as any ottoman, but with the added benefit of bringing a pop of color or a calming tone to a room. Its uses typically include:1. Extra SeatingIt can function as a comfortable seat when you have guests or need additional seating in a small space. 2. FootrestPlace it in front of a sofa or chair to elevate your feet and relax. 3. Storage (if it’s a storage ottoman)Many blue ottomans open up to reveal space for blankets, pillows, toys, or other household items. 4. Small Table SurfaceWith a tray on top, it doubles as a coffee table for drinks, snacks, or décor. 5. Decorative AccentThe blue color adds visual interest—whether it’s a bold navy for elegance or a soft pastel for a cozy, calming vibe. 6. Space Divider or Styling ElementIn interior design, it can subtly define areas in a room or balance the overall color scheme. Frequently Asked Questions About Blue Ottoman How many blue ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 1215pcs blue ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ) for blue ottoman? Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. --- > Leatherette Storage Ottoman Bulk Order Supplier Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-11-20 - Modified: 2025-11-21 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/leatherette-storage-ottoman-bulk-order-supplier/ - Categories: Storage Ottoman - Tags: Fuzhou Fytch, Leather Stool, Leather Storage Ottoman, Leatherette Storage Ottoman, Ottoman, Pouf, Storage Ottoman Home Leatherette Storage Ottoman Bulk Order Supplier Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp A leatherette storage ottoman is a versatile piece of furniture that cleverly combines seating and storage functions in one compact design. It typically features a cushioned, upholstered top that can serve as a comfortable seat, footrest, or even a small table surface when needed. This thoughtful structure makes it a practical addition to homes of all sizes. Inside the ottoman is a hollow compartment that provides convenient space for storing various household items. Blankets, extra pillows, magazines, toys, or seasonal accessories can be neatly tucked away, helping maintain an organized and clutter-free living area. This internal storage is especially valuable in smaller apartments or rooms where maximizing space is essential. Leatherette storage ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, materials, and colors, making it easy for homeowners to choose one that suits their interior design. Whether the room features a modern minimalist look, a cozy traditional style, or a bold contemporary aesthetic, there is almost always an ottoman that complements the décor beautifully. Overall, the combination of comfort, style, and practicality makes the storage ottoman a popular and reliable choice for modern homes. Its multi-purpose design helps create flexible living spaces, offering both a cozy place to sit and a discreet way to store everyday essentials, ultimately contributing to a more efficient and welcoming environment. Custom Leatherette Storage Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 45x45x44cmHCubic Metre: 0. 089cbm1x20GP: 315pcs1x40HQ: 770pcs Material Material: Leatherette, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. How to Use a Leatherette Storage Ottoman A leatherette storage ottoman is one of the most versatile furniture pieces you can have in your home. Here are the most popular and practical ways to use it:1. Hidden Storage SolutionLift the lid to reveal a spacious compartment perfect for:Blankets and throwsToys and gamesBooks and magazinesRemote controls and electronicsSeasonal décor or clothingIt’s a great way to keep your space tidy and clutter-free. 2. Extra SeatingSturdy and cushioned, leatherette storage ottomans can serve as additional seating for guests in your living room, hallway, or bedroom. Many models support up to 250 lbs or more. 3. Coffee Table AlternativePlace a tray on top, and your ottoman instantly becomes a stylish coffee table. Use it to hold drinks, candles, books, or flowers. 4. Footrest or Leg SupportUnwind after a long day by putting your feet up. The soft top makes it a comfortable and supportive footrest in front of your sofa or chair. 5. Bedside or Entryway BenchUse a larger ottoman at the foot of your bed for extra storage and as a place to sit while dressing. In the entryway, it’s ideal for putting on shoes while keeping items like scarves and gloves stored inside. 6. Portable & Foldable (if applicable)If your storage ottoman is foldable, it can be easily assembled or collapsed for moving, storing, or taking to dorm rooms or temporary living spaces. Pro Tips:Add baskets or leatherette bins inside to organize small items. Use drawer fresheners or sachets to keep the interior smelling clean. For leatherette ottomans, consider using a fabric protector spray for longevity. Frequently Asked Questions About Leatherette Storage Ottoman How many leatherette storage ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 770pcs leatherette storage ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ) for storage stool Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. --- > Custom Brown Ottoman Leather Ottoman Wholesale Manufacturer Free Samples, OEM manufacturer, factory pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-30 - Modified: 2025-11-17 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-brown-ottoman-leather-ottoman-wholesale/ - Categories: Footstool/ Pouf - Tags: Brown Ottoman, footrest, Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Leather Ottoman Home Custom Brown Ottoman Leather Ottoman Wholesale Manufacturer Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp Custom brown ottoman is a compact and functional piece of furniture designed to provide comfort, support, and relaxation. It typically features a soft, cushioned top, allowing you to rest your feet after a long day, relieve pressure, and improve posture while sitting. Its compact design makes it easy to place in front of sofas, armchairs, or lounge chairs, offering both comfort and convenience in any living space. Ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, and materials, from minimalist wooden frames to upholstered designs in fabric, leather, or velvet. This variety allows them to blend seamlessly with different interior styles, whether modern, contemporary, or traditional. In addition to their practical function, footstools also serve as decorative accents, adding a touch of texture, color, or charm to a room. Many modern brown ottomans are designed with extra features such as built-in storage, removable covers for easy cleaning, or lightweight construction for effortless movement. Some may also include matching designs that complement sofas or chairs as part of a coordinated furniture set. Combining comfort, versatility, and aesthetic appeal, the footstool is a simple yet essential addition to any home — perfect for creating a cozy and relaxing environment while enhancing your overall décor. Custom Brown Ottoman Options Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 56x40x42cmHCubic Metre: 0. 104cbm1x20GP: 270pcs1x40HQ: 655pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Assembly: No assembly required Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. A Factory You Can Trust – Specializing in Bulk Brown Ottomans Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory-Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. What is the process of the Brown Ottoman ? 1. Design and PlanningThe process begins with creating the ottoman’s design, including size, shape, style, and materials. Designers choose fabric types, cushion thickness, leg style, colors, and any decorative elements (tufting, stitching, buttons). Technical drawings and measurements are finalized before production starts. 2. Frame ConstructionThe internal frame is usually built from wood, plywood, or engineered wood. Workers cut and assemble the pieces into a sturdy box-like structure. Support braces may be added to improve durability and weight capacity. 3. Cushion and Padding PreparationFoam, sponge, or fiberfill is cut to match the top shape of the ottoman. Additional padding may be added to the sides for comfort and aesthetics. For tufted styles, holes are pre-marked for button placement. 4. Upholstery WorkFabric or leather is measured, cut, and sewn according to the design. The upholsterer stretches the material tightly over the frame and padding, securing it with staples or upholstery tacks. Decorative details like stitching, piping, tufting, or buttons are added during this step. 5. Attaching Legs or BaseWooden, metal, or plastic legs are installed at the bottom of the ottoman. Some models have a solid base instead of legs, while others use casters (wheels) for mobility. The legs are secured using screws or bolts for stability. 6. Quality Check and FinishingThe ottoman is inspected for stability, smooth upholstery, stitching quality, and overall appearance. Final touch-ups are made, such as trimming excess fabric, tightening screws, or cleaning the surface. The ottoman is then packaged and prepared for shipping. Frequently Asked Questions About Brown Ottoman How many brown ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 655pcs brown ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. How to pack the goods? Usually, bubble bag + brown carton, and accept mail-order packaging. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. Where are the custom ottoman made? They are made in our factory located in Fuzhou city, Fujian Province, which is quite close to Fuzhou Port and Xiamen Port. This would be much helpful for the shipping and shorten the estimated time of arrival. Do you offer printing or embroidery (like logos) on the ottomans? Yes, we provide logo print, embroidery or branding options on the stool fabric or surface for corporate gifts, promotions or branded furniture. How do I place an order or get a quote? Please contact our Sales Department via info@fzfytch. com or +86 18606016350. Provide details like product reference, desired quantity, customization needs, and shipping destination for an accurate quote. You can also inquire through our website contact form. --- > Circle Ottoman with Storage Custom Furniture Manufacturer, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-30 - Modified: 2025-11-17 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/circle-ottoman-with-storage-custom-furniture/ - Categories: Round Ottoman - Tags: Circle Ottoman with Storage, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman, Ottoman Table, Pouf, Round Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home Circle Ottoman with Storage Custom Furniture Manufacturer Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp A circle ottoman with storage is a versatile piece of furniture that cleverly combines seating and storage functions in one compact design. It typically features a cushioned, upholstered top that can serve as a comfortable seat, footrest, or even a small table surface when needed. This thoughtful structure makes it a practical addition to homes of all sizes. Inside the circle ottoman is a hollow compartment that provides convenient space for storing various household items. Blankets, extra pillows, magazines, toys, or seasonal accessories can be neatly tucked away, helping maintain an organized and clutter-free living area. This internal storage is especially valuable in smaller apartments or rooms where maximizing space is essential. Circle ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, materials, and colors, making it easy for homeowners to choose one that suits their interior design. Whether the room features a modern minimalist look, a cozy traditional style, or a bold contemporary aesthetic, there is almost always an ottoman that complements the décor beautifully. Overall, the combination of comfort, style, and practicality makes the storage ottoman a popular and reliable choice for modern homes. Its multi-purpose design helps create flexible living spaces, offering both a cozy place to sit and a discreet way to store everyday essentials, ultimately contributing to a more efficient and welcoming environment. Custom Circle Ottoman Options Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 63x63x36cmHCubic Metre: 0. 131cbm1x20GP: 215pcs1x40HQ: 520pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only)Lid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. A Factory You Can Trust – Specializing in Bulk Circle Ottomans Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory-Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Where Are The Custom Circle Ottoman With Storage Used? Based on design guides, user experience, and interior-design practices, here are common uses:1, Living Room / Family RoomAs a coffee table: With a tray on top, a round ottoman becomes a functional surface. To hide clutter: Storage inside is great for blankets, toys, magazines, or remotes. Extra seating: Useful when guests come over. 2, BedroomPlaced at the foot of the bed: Perfect for storing extra bedding or pillows. As a kind of bench: Sit on it while dressing or putting on shoes. Hidden storage for seasonal clothes or linens. 3, Entryway / HallwayUse as a drop zone: People can sit down to put on/take off shoes, and the interior can store gloves, umbrellas, bags, etc. A decorative accent that also provides function. 4, Small / Dual-Purpose SpacesIn small apartments, a round circle storage ottoman is very efficient for saving space because it’s compact but still offers both. As part of a dual-purpose layout: storage5, Kids’ Rooms or PlayroomsGreat for toy storage: keep stuffed animals, art supplies, or games inside. The top becomes a safe, soft place to sit or play. Frequently Asked Questions About Circle Ottoman with Storage How many circle ottomans with storage can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 520pcs circle storage ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do your circle ottomans with storage functionality? Many of our ottomans come with hidden storage space inside. This feature can be added or removed based on your order specifications. How to pack the circle ottoman? Usually, bubble bag + brown carton, and accept mail-order packaging. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. --- > Grey Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Wholesale Manufacturer, wholesale furniture exporter, wholesale low price with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-30 - Modified: 2025-10-11 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/grey-ottoman-custom-storage-ottoman-wholesale/ - Categories: Long Bench - Tags: Fabric Bench, Fuzhou Fytch, Grey Ottoman, Long Bench, Pouf, Storage Bench, Storage Ottoman Home Grey Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Wholesale Factory Inquiry WhatsApp Grey bench is a practical and stylish piece of furniture that combines seating and storage in one functional design. It typically features a sturdy, cushioned seat that provides comfortable seating, while the built-in storage compartment beneath offers ample space for keeping household items such as shoes, blankets, pillows, or seasonal accessories neatly organized. This dual-purpose design helps maximize space and maintain a clean, clutter-free environment in any room. Grey benches come in a variety of sizes, materials, and designs, making them versatile additions to entryways, bedrooms, living rooms, or hallways. Whether upholstered in soft fabric for a cozy touch or crafted from solid wood for a timeless look, a storage bench can easily complement different interior styles — from modern and minimal to classic and rustic. Many benches feature hinged lids, pull-out drawers, or open shelving, offering convenient access and flexible organization options. Some designs also include decorative tufting, armrests, or backrests, adding both comfort and visual appeal. Combining functionality, elegance, and everyday practicality, the storage bench serves as a smart solution for homes that value both efficient use of space and refined style, making it a perfect piece for welcoming guests and keeping your home beautifully organized. Custom Grey Ottoman Options Feature Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Feature Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Metal basedColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray, Pink Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 80x40x46cmHCubic Metre: 0. 167cbm1x20GP: 166pcs1x40HQ: 410pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. What do people care about most for Grey Ottoman? Ample Storage Space – Enough room to store blankets, pillows, toys, or daily essentials neatly. Strong and Durable Structure – A solid frame that ensures long-lasting use without deformation. Comfortable Cushion Top – Soft yet supportive padding for sitting or resting your feet. Attractive Design – A stylish appearance that enhances the overall look of the room. High-Quality Materials – Premium fabric, leather, or wood that feels durable and refined. Easy Access to Storage – Smooth-opening hinged lids or lift-off tops for convenient use. Multi-Functional Use – Works as a seat, footrest, coffee table, or decorative accent. Perfect Size and Proportion – Fits well in living rooms, bedrooms, or entryways without taking up too much space. Stable and Safe Construction – Non-slip legs or sturdy bases for reliable balance. Easy to Clean and Maintain – Stain-resistant fabric or wipe-clean surfaces for everyday practicality. Comfortable Height – Designed at the right height for sitting or pairing with sofas and chairs. Stylish Detailing – Tufted tops, stitching, buttons, or trims that add elegance and texture. Lightweight and Portable – Easy to move or reposition as needed for flexible living spaces. Good Value for Money – A fair price that matches the quality, design, and functionality offered. Eco-Friendly Materials – Sustainable fabrics and responsibly sourced wood for environmentally conscious buyers. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Frequently Asked Questions About Grey Ottoman How many grey ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 410pcs grey ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do your ottomans include storage functionality? Many of our ottomans come with hidden storage space inside. This feature can be added or removed based on your order specifications. How to pack the goods? Usually, bubble bag + brown carton, and accept mail-order packaging. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. Where are the custom ottoman made? They are made in our factory located in Fuzhou city, Fujian Province, which is quite close to Fuzhou Port and Xiamen Port. This would be much helpful for the shipping and shorten the estimated time of arrival. Do you offer printing or embroidery (like logos) on the stools? Yes, we provide logo print, embroidery or branding options on the stool fabric or surface for corporate gifts, promotions or branded furniture. What are your payment terms? Common terms include T/T (30-50% deposit with order, balance before shipment), L/C at sight, or other negotiable terms for established customers. --- > End of Bed Ottoman Custom Long Storage Benches Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-30 - Modified: 2025-10-14 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/end-of-bed-ottoman-custom-long-storage-benches/ - Categories: Long Bench - Tags: End of Bed Ottoman, Fabric Bench, Fuzhou Fytch, Long Bench, Ottoman, Storage Bench Home End of Bed Ottoman Custom Ottoman Bench Free Smples Inquiry WhatsApp End of bed ottoman is a practical and stylish piece of furniture that combines seating and storage in one functional design. It typically features a sturdy, cushioned seat that provides comfortable seating, while the built-in storage compartment beneath offers ample space for keeping household items such as shoes, blankets, pillows, or seasonal accessories neatly organized. This dual-purpose design helps maximize space and maintain a clean, clutter-free environment in any room. End of bed ottomans come in a variety of sizes, materials, and designs, making them versatile additions to entryways, bedrooms, living rooms, or hallways. Whether upholstered in soft fabric for a cozy touch or crafted from solid wood for a timeless look, a storage bench can easily complement different interior styles — from modern and minimal to classic and rustic. Many End of bed ottomans feature hinged lids, pull-out drawers, or open shelving, offering convenient access and flexible organization options. Some designs also include decorative tufting, armrests, or backrests, adding both comfort and visual appeal. Custom End of Bed Ottoman Options Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 120x40x48cmHCubic Metre: 0. 261cbm1x20GP: 108 pcs1x40HQ: 260 pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. https://youtu. be/XrRrWUHuqhs? si=c7z9_ZHYoR1qeuHd Where to Use a End of Bed End of Bed Ottoman End of bed ottoman benches are incredibly versatile and can be used in various areas of the home, each serving a different function:1. EntrywayPurpose: Provides a place to sit while putting on shoes and offers hidden storage for shoes, hats, gloves, or bags. Why It Works: Helps keep the entryway tidy and organized while adding a stylish and functional piece of furniture. 2. Living RoomPurpose: Can serve as extra seating, a footrest, or a coffee table, while offering hidden storage for things like blankets, pillows, or remote controls. Why It Works: Keeps the living room neat and provides multifunctional use, perfect for small spaces. 3. BedroomPurpose: Placed at the foot of the bed, it can store extra bedding, clothes, or personal items while doubling as a seating area. Why It Works: Keeps bedroom clutter under control and adds an extra touch of style. 4. Kids’ Room or PlayroomPurpose: A storage ottoman in a child’s room can store toys, books, or stuffed animals, keeping the space neat and organized. Why It Works: Provides a fun, functional piece of furniture that helps teach kids organization while offering a place to sit or play. 5. HallwayPurpose: Offers a place to sit or place items such as bags or keys, while hiding away seasonal gear, scarves, or shoes. Why It Works: A narrow end of bed ottoman is a great space-saving solution for smaller hallways. 6. Bathroom (for larger bathrooms)Purpose: A end of bed ottoman in a bathroom can store towels, toiletries, or cleaning supplies. Why It Works: Provides both seating and functional storage, ideal for larger bathrooms with extra space. 7. MudroomPurpose: Stores outdoor gear like coats, boots, and hats, making it easy to keep the area organized. Why It Works: Keeps outdoor items contained and off the floor while offering a convenient place to sit and put on shoes. Frequently Asked Questions About Ottoman Where are the custom end of bed ottoman made? They are made in our factory located in Fuzhou city, Fujian Province, which is quite close to Fuzhou Port and Xiamen Port. This would be much helpful for the shipping and shorten the estimated time of arrival. How many ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 260pcs end of bed ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do your ottomans include storage functionality? Many of our ottomans come with hidden storage space inside. This feature can be added or removed based on your order specifications. How to pack the goods? Usually, bubble bag + brown carton, and accept mail-order packaging. --- > Fabric Ottoman Custom Fabric Ottoman Footstool Free Samples, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-30 - Modified: 2025-10-13 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/fabric-ottoman-custom-fabric-ottoman-footstool/ - Categories: Footstool/ Pouf - Tags: fabric ottoman, Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman, Ottoman Footstool, Pouf Home Fabric Ottoman Custom Fabric Ottoman Footstool Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp Fabric ottoman is a compact and functional piece of furniture designed to provide comfort, support, and relaxation. It typically features a soft, cushioned top, allowing you to rest your feet after a long day, relieve pressure, and improve posture while sitting. Its compact design makes it easy to place in front of sofas, armchairs, or lounge chairs, offering both comfort and convenience in any living space. Fabric ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, and materials, from minimalist wooden frames to upholstered designs in fabric, leather, or velvet. This variety allows them to blend seamlessly with different interior styles, whether modern, contemporary, or traditional. In addition to their practical function, footstools also serve as decorative accents, adding a touch of texture, color, or charm to a room. Many modern fabric ottomans are designed with extra features such as built-in storage, removable covers for easy cleaning, or lightweight construction for effortless movement. Some may also include matching designs that complement sofas or chairs as part of a coordinated furniture set. Combining comfort, versatility, and aesthetic appeal, the Fabric ottoman is a simple yet essential addition to any home — perfect for creating a cozy and relaxing environment while enhancing your overall décor. Custom Fabric Ottoman Options Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 40x40x44cmHCubic Metre: 0. 082cbm1x20GP: 340pcs1x40HQ: 830pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Your Trusted Factory for Bulk Fabric Ottomans Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Get in touch with our factory directly for your quotes and projects. What is the Fabric Ottoman? Fabric Ottoman is a versatile, upholstered furniture piece covered in soft fabric. It serves as a footrest, extra seat, or decorative accent, often featuring hidden storage for added functionality. With its comfortable texture and stylish design, a fabric ottoman enhances any living space, blending comfort, elegance, and practicality. What Are The Key Aspects of Custom Skirted Ottoman? When designing, marketing, or purchasing a custom skirted ottoman, several key aspects define the product's appeal, functionality, and fit for different customer needs. Here's a breakdown of the most important elements:Key Aspects of a Custom Skirted Ottoman1. Customization OptionsThese are what set a custom ottoman apart from off-the-shelf versions:Fabric ChoiceLinen, cotton, velvet, boucle, faux leather, etc. Customers often want to match existing furniture. Skirt StyleTailored skirt (clean, box pleats)Pleated skirt (classic, feminine)Ruffled or gathered skirt (cottagecore, soft aesthetic)Drop length customization (how far the skirt hangs)Size & ShapeRectangular, round, squareCustom dimensions to fit small spaces or specific functions (e. g. under a vanity)FunctionalityStorage vs. non-storageRemovable or washable slipcoversCasters/wheels for mobilityColor & PatternSolids, stripes, florals, custom printed fabricOften tailored to match a room's color palette2. Aesthetic StyleCustom skirted ottomans typically appeal to certain home decor styles:Traditional / ClassicFarmhouse / CottageFrench CountryShabby ChicModern with soft minimalismThe skirt adds softness and elegance, which pairs well with decor styles emphasizing comfort and detail. 3. Material QualityHigh-density foam for comfort and shape retentionSturdy wood or metal frameHigh-quality upholstery or slipcover fabricDouble-stitched or piped seams for durability4. Usage ScenariosBedroom: at the end of the bed, as a vanity stoolLiving Room: as a coffee table alternative or footrestNursery: soft seating with concealed storageEntryway: a decorative bench or place to sit while putting on shoes5. Target Customer PreferencesInterior decorators and designersHomeowners seeking a coordinated, high-end lookCustomers who prioritize softness, elegance, and a tailored feelEco-conscious buyers if natural fabrics are used6. Pricing ConsiderationsCustom options generally increase cost due to:Handmade craftsmanshipPremium or imported materialsSmall-batch or made-to-order productionBut they offer value in exclusivity, fit, and durability. Frequently Asked Questions About Fabric Ottoman Where are the custom ottoman made? They are made in our factory located in Fuzhou city, Fujian Province, which is quite close to Fuzhou Port and Xiamen Port. This would be much helpful for the shipping and shorten the estimated time of arrival. How many fabric ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 830pcs fabric ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. How to pack the goods? Usually, bubble bag + brown carton, and accept mail-order packaging. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. https://youtu. be/_MKsS8vC8DY? si=b4cAavcceOn4YTcA --- > Foot Stool Ottoman Custom Footstool Free Design Wholesale, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-30 - Modified: 2025-10-12 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/foot-stool-ottoman-custom-footstool-free-design/ - Categories: Footstool/ Pouf - Tags: fabric ottoman, Foldable Ottoman, Foot stool ottoman, Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Stool Home Foot Stool Ottoman Custom Footstool Free Design Wholesale Inquiry WhatsApp Foot stool ottoman is a compact and functional piece of furniture designed to provide comfort, support, and relaxation. It typically features a soft, cushioned top, allowing you to rest your feet after a long day, relieve pressure, and improve posture while sitting. Its compact design makes it easy to place in front of sofas, armchairs, or lounge chairs, offering both comfort and convenience in any living space. Foot stool ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, and materials, from minimalist wooden frames to upholstered designs in fabric, leather, or velvet. This variety allows them to blend seamlessly with different interior styles, whether modern, contemporary, or traditional. In addition to their practical function, footstools also serve as decorative accents, adding a touch of texture, color, or charm to a room. Many modern foot stool ottomans are designed with extra features such as built-in storage, removable covers for easy cleaning, or lightweight construction for effortless movement. Some may also include matching designs that complement sofas or chairs as part of a coordinated furniture set. Combining comfort, versatility, and aesthetic appeal, the footstool is a simple yet essential addition to any home — perfect for creating a cozy and relaxing environment while enhancing your overall décor. Custom Foot Stool Ottoman Options Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 35x35x33cmHCubic Metre: 0. 018cbm1x20GP: 1530pcs1x40HQ: 3750pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Your Reliable Factory for Bulk Foot Stool Ottoman Solutions Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Get in touch with our factory directly for your quotes and projects. What are the key features and benefits of Foot Stool Ottoman? Compact and Functional Design – Small in size yet highly practical, perfect for pairing with chairs, sofas, or recliners. Cushioned Top – Softly padded surface provides superior comfort and support for your feet. Sturdy Construction – Built with durable materials such as solid wood or metal frames for long-lasting use. High-Quality Upholstery – Available in a variety of fabrics, leathers, or velvets to suit different décor styles. Multi-Purpose Use – Can serve as a footrest, small seat, side table, or decorative accent. Lightweight and Portable – Easy to move around and reposition anywhere in your home. Stable Base or Legs – Ensures balance and safety during use. Versatile Shapes and Styles – Comes in round, square, or rectangular designs to fit various room layouts. Optional Storage Feature – Some models include a hidden compartment to store small items. Easy Maintenance – Many designs feature removable or wipe-clean covers for convenience. Enhanced Comfort – Relieves pressure from your legs and feet, promoting relaxation after long periods of sitting. Improved Posture – Helps maintain ergonomic seating by keeping your legs elevated. Space-Saving Solution – Compact size fits easily into small apartments, offices, or bedrooms. Stylish Accent Piece – Adds charm, texture, and personality to any room. Extra Seating Option – Provides quick, casual seating when guests visit. Versatile Home Use – Suitable for living rooms, bedrooms, studies, and dressing areas. Affordable Luxury – Offers a stylish yet cost-effective way to enhance comfort and aesthetics. Frequently Asked Questions About Foot Stool Ottoman Where are the custom ottoman made? They are made in our factory located in Fuzhou city, Fujian Province, which is quite close to Fuzhou Port and Xiamen Port. This would be much helpful for the shipping and shorten the estimated time of arrival. How many foot stool ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 3750pcs foot stool ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. What is a foot stool ottoman? Foot stool ottoman is a small, upholstered piece of furniture designed to provide comfort and support by allowing you to rest your feet while sitting. It often features a cushioned top and sturdy base, and can also serve as a compact seat, decorative accent, or even offer hidden storage in some designs. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. How to pack the goods? Usually, bubble bag + brown carton, and accept mail-order packaging. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. Do you offer printing or embroidery (like logos) on the stools? Yes, we provide logo print, embroidery or branding options on the stool fabric or surface for corporate gifts, promotions or branded furniture. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ) for storage stool Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. --- > Custom Large Ottoman Coffee Table Storage Table Free Samples, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-30 - Modified: 2025-10-10 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-large-ottoman-coffee-table-storage-table/ - Categories: Ottoman Table - Tags: Coffee Table, Fuzhou Fytch, Large Ottoman Coffee Table, Storage Table Home Custom Large Ottoman Coffee Table Storage Table Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp A Large Ottoman Coffee Table is a multifunctional piece of furniture that beautifully combines style, comfort, and practicality. It typically features a spacious cushioned top, which serves as both a comfortable footrest or extra seating area, and a broad surface for placing trays, drinks, books, or decorative items. This dual-purpose design makes it a perfect centerpiece for living rooms, providing both elegance and everyday convenience. Many large ottoman coffee tables are designed with built-in storage compartments or removable trays, offering a smart solution for keeping your living space organized. You can easily store blankets, magazines, or remote controls within, helping to maximize space and maintain a tidy, clutter-free home. Available in a variety of sizes, shapes, and materials, from rich leather to soft linen or velvet, the large ottoman coffee table complements a wide range of interior styles — from modern and minimalist to classic and cozy. The plush, upholstered surface adds warmth and texture, enhancing the overall comfort and aesthetic appeal of your space. Some designs feature tufted detailing, sturdy wooden legs, or lift-top functionality, providing both visual charm and practical versatility. Whether used as a coffee table, seating option, or decorative accent, the large ottoman coffee table effortlessly combines functionality, sophistication, and comfort, making it a timeless addition to any home. Custom Large Ottoman Coffee Table Options Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 99x99x48. 3cmHCubic Metre: 0. 47cbm1x20GP: 60pcs1x40HQ: 145pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only). Lid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. What are the Features and Benefits of Large Ottoman Coffee Table? Multi-Functional Design – Serves as a coffee table, footrest, or extra seating all in one. Spacious Surface Area – Large enough to hold trays, books, décor, or snacks for entertaining guests. Built-In Storage – Many designs include hidden compartments to store blankets, remotes, or magazines. Comfortable Upholstery – Soft, padded top provides comfort when used as a footrest or seat. Stylish Appearance – Available in various materials like leather, velvet, or fabric to match any interior décor. Family-Friendly – Padded edges make it safer than traditional wooden or glass coffee tables. Easy to Customize – Can be accessorized with trays, cushions, or throws to change the look easily. Enhances Room Aesthetics – Acts as a centerpiece that adds warmth and texture to your living room. Durable Construction – Made with sturdy frames and high-quality upholstery for long-lasting use. Versatile Placement – Fits well in living rooms, lounges, or bedrooms, blending with modern or traditional décor styles. Frequently Asked Questions About Large Ottoman Coffee Table How many large ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 145pcs large ottoman coffee table in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do your large ottoman coffee table include storage functionality? Many of our ottomans come with hidden storage space inside. This feature can be added or removed based on your order specifications. How to pack the goods? Usually, bubble bag + brown carton, and accept mail-order packaging. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. What certifications do your ottomans have? Our ottomans meet relevant quality standards such as EN12520 or ASTM. Certifications can be provided upon request. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. Where are the custom ottoman made? They are made in our factory located in Fuzhou city, Fujian Province, which is quite close to Fuzhou Port and Xiamen Port. This would be much helpful for the shipping and shorten the estimated time of arrival. --- > Modern Ottoman Mushroom Ottoman with Storage Free Samples, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-30 - Modified: 2025-10-10 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/modern-ottoman-mushroom-ottoman-with-storage/ - Categories: Storage Ottoman - Tags: fabric ottoman, Fuzhou Fytch, Modern Ottoman, Mushroom Ottoman, Pouf, Storage Ottoman Home Modern Ottoman Mushroom Ottoman with Storage Free Samples Modern Ottoman is a type of furniture that combines seating and storage functions in one piece. It typically features a cushioned top, which can be used as a seat or footrest, and a hollow interior that provides space for storing items such as blankets, pillows, magazines, or other household essentials. This dual-purpose design helps maximize space and maintain a tidy living area. Mordern ottomans come in various sizes, shapes, and materials, allowing them to complement different interior styles, from modern to traditional. The cushioned top not only adds comfort but also enhances the aesthetic appeal of the piece, making it a versatile addition to living rooms, bedrooms, or entryways. Many modern ottomans are designed with a hinged or lift-off lid, giving easy access to the storage compartment. Some may also include additional features such as tufted detailing, wheels for mobility, or compartments for better organization. The combination of functionality, style, and practicality makes the storage ottoman a popular choice for homes where efficient use of space and added comfort are valued. Inquiry WhatsApp Custom Modern Ottoman Options Maderial Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Maderial Material: Fabric Boucle, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 40. 5×40. 5x42cmHCubic Metre: 0. 078cbm1x20GP: 360pcs1x40HQ: 880pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Your Reliable Factory for Bulk Modern Ottoman Solutions Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory-Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. Source straight from manufacturing base. Competitive rates with MOQs starting at 20 units. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. What are Modern Ottomans used for? Modern ottomans are versatile furniture pieces used for both function and style in homes and offices. Their uses have evolved far beyond the traditional footrest. Here are the most common modern uses: 1. Footrest: Still commonly used in living rooms or lounges to rest your feet after sitting on a chair or sofa. Often matches or complements the main seating furniture. 2. Coffee Table Alternative: Many ottomans have a flat, firm surface or come with a tray top that allows them to double as a coffee table. Perfect for holding books, drinks, or decor items. 3. Storage Solution: open up to reveal space inside for blankets, toys, shoes, or remote controls. Great for small apartments or rooms where space-saving furniture is key. 🪑 4. Extra Seating: A sturdy ottoman can serve as casual, movable seating for guests. Some designs are specifically made to support adult weight comfortably. 5. Bedroom Bench: Placed at the foot of the bed, ottomans provide a spot to sit while dressing or to store bedding and pillows. 6. Decorative Accent: Ottomans come in countless shapes, fabrics, and colors — from tufted velvet cubes to leather poufs — adding texture, color, or contrast to a room’s design. 7. Modular or Multi-Functional Furniture: Some modern ottomans are part of modular sofa systems, where they can extend seating or form a chaise lounge. Others convert into fold-out beds or tables, ideal for compact living spaces. Frequently Asked Questions About Modern Ottoman How many modern ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 880pcs modern ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do your ottomans include storage functionality? Many of our ottomans come with hidden storage space inside. This feature can be added or removed based on your order specifications. How to pack the goods? Usually, bubble bag + brown carton, and accept mail-order packaging. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. Where are the custom ottoman made? They are made in our factory located in Fuzhou city, Fujian Province, which is quite close to Fuzhou Port and Xiamen Port. This would be much helpful for the shipping and shorten the estimated time of arrival. --- > Long Bench Ottoman Storage Bench Eudr Wholesale Manufacturer, wholesale pricing with high quality, minimum order FOB Fuzhou, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-29 - Modified: 2025-11-18 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/long-bench-ottoman-storage-bench-eudr-wholesale/ - Categories: Long Bench - Tags: Bench Ottoman, Fabric Bench, Fuzhou Fytch, Long Bench, Storage Bench Home Long Bench Ottoman Storage Bench Eudr Wholesale Manufacturer Inquiry WhatsApp A bench ottoman is a practical and stylish piece of furniture that combines seating and storage in one functional design. It typically features a sturdy, cushioned seat that provides comfortable seating, while the built-in storage compartment beneath offers ample space for keeping household items such as shoes, blankets, pillows, or seasonal accessories neatly organized. This dual-purpose design helps maximize space and maintain a clean, clutter-free environment in any room. Bench ottomans come in a variety of sizes, materials, and designs, making them versatile additions to entryways, bedrooms, living rooms, or hallways. Whether upholstered in soft fabric for a cozy touch or crafted from solid wood for a timeless look, a storage bench can easily complement different interior styles — from modern and minimal to classic and rustic. Many bench ottomans feature hinged lids, pull-out drawers, or open shelving, offering convenient access and flexible organization options. Some designs also include decorative tufting, armrests, or backrests, adding both comfort and visual appeal. Custom Bench Ottoman Options Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 105x40x44cmHCubic Metre: 0. 12cbm1x20GP: 235pcs1x40HQ: 570pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only)Lid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Reliable Manufacturing Partner for Storage Ottomans in Bulk Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Where Do We Use The Bench Ottoman? A bench ottoman (also called an ottoman bench or storage bench) is a versatile furniture piece you can use in many areas of the home. Here are the most common and practical places to use one:1. Entryway / FoyerAs a place to sit while putting on shoesTo hold bags, scarves, or seasonal items (especially if it includes storage)2. Living RoomAs extra seating for guestsAs a coffee table alternative (add a tray on top)To store blankets, remotes, or games3. BedroomAt the foot of the bed for a decorative and functional touchFor storing bedding, pillows, or clothingAs a place to sit while dressing4. Closet / Dressing RoomFor trying on shoes or outfitsTo store accessories like handbags, scarves, or belts5. HallwayAs a slim seating option in narrow spacesTo keep the area tidy by storing shoes or clutter6. OfficeAs an additional seat for visitorsTo store documents, supplies, or electronics7. Kids’ or PlayroomTo keep toys organizedAs soft seating for safe play8. Window NookTo create a cozy reading spot or lounging areaSome ottoman benches double as window seats --- > Rectangular Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Wholesale Factory, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-29 - Modified: 2025-11-18 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/rectangular-ottoman-custom-storage-ottoman/ - Categories: Long Bench - Tags: Bed End of Bench, Fabric Bench, Fuzhou Fytch, Long Bench, Rectangular Ottoman, Storage Bench, Storage Ottoman Home Rectangular Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Wholesale Factory Inquiry WhatsApp A rectangular ottoman is a practical and stylish piece of furniture that combines seating and storage in one functional design. It typically features a sturdy, cushioned seat that provides comfortable seating, while the built-in storage compartment beneath offers ample space for keeping household items such as shoes, blankets, pillows, or seasonal accessories neatly organized. This dual-purpose design helps maximize space and maintain a clean, clutter-free environment in any room. Rectangular ottoman come in a variety of sizes, materials, and designs, making them versatile additions to entryways, bedrooms, living rooms, or hallways. Whether upholstered in soft fabric for a cozy touch or crafted from solid wood for a timeless look, a storage ottoman can easily complement different interior styles — from modern and minimal to classic and rustic. Many rectangular ottomans feature hinged lids, pull-out drawers, or open shelving, offering convenient access and flexible organization options. Some designs also include decorative tufting, armrests, or backrests, adding both comfort and visual appeal. Custom Rectangular Ottoman Options Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Metal LegColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product size: 110x37x45. 5cmHCubic Metre: 0. 149cbm1x20GP: 190pcs1x40HQ: 460pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only)Lid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. What are Rectangular Ottomans used for? 1. Hidden StorageThey provide a convenient place to store:Blankets and throwsPillowsToysBooks or magazinesRemote controlsSeasonal itemsShoes or accessoriesThe rectangular shape usually offers more storage capacity than round or square ottomans. 2. Extra SeatingRectangular ottomans can comfortably seat one or two adults, making them useful in:Living roomsBedroomsEntrywaysSmall apartmentsThey often work as a substitute for chairs or benches. 3. FootrestPlaced in front of a sofa or chair, they act as a comfortable footrest. 4. Coffee Table AlternativeBecause of their long, flat shape, they can function as a coffee table by placing:A trayDecorDrinks and snacksThis makes them great for multipurpose living spaces. 5. End-of-Bed BenchIn bedrooms, a rectangular storage ottoman is often placed at the foot of the bed for:Sitting while dressingStoring linens or beddingAdding a decorative touch 6. Entryway Seating + StoragePlaced in a hallway or foyer, they provide:A place to put on or take off shoesHidden storage for footwear or accessories 7. Space-Saving SolutionBecause they combine multiple functions (seat + table + storage), they are especially useful in:Small apartmentsStudio setupsMinimalist homes Frequently Asked Questions About Rectangular Ottoman How many rectangular ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 460pcs rectangular ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. How to pack the goods? Usually, bubble bag + brown carton, and accept mail-order packaging. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. --- > Storage Bench Ottoman Fabric Bench FSC Facotry Free Samples, - Published: 2025-09-29 - Modified: 2025-11-18 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/storage-bench-ottoman-fabric-bench-fsc-facotry/ - Categories: Long Bench - Tags: Fabric Bench, Fuzhou Fytch, Long Bench, Ottoman, Storage Bench, Storage Bench Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home Storage Bench Ottoman Fabric Bench FSC Facotry Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp Storage bench ottoman is a versatile piece of furniture that cleverly combines seating and storage functions in one compact design. It typically features a cushioned, upholstered top that can serve as a comfortable seat, footrest, or even a small table surface when needed. This thoughtful structure makes it a practical addition to homes of all sizes. Inside the storage bench ottoman is a hollow compartment that provides convenient space for storing various household items. Blankets, extra pillows, magazines, toys, or seasonal accessories can be neatly tucked away, helping maintain an organized and clutter-free living area. This internal storage is especially valuable in smaller apartments or rooms where maximizing space is essential. Storage bench ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, materials, and colors, making it easy for homeowners to choose one that suits their interior design. Whether the room features a modern minimalist look, a cozy traditional style, or a bold contemporary aesthetic, there is almost always an ottoman that complements the décor beautifully. Overall, the combination of comfort, style, and practicality makes the storage bench ottoman a popular and reliable choice for modern homes. Its multi-purpose design helps create flexible living spaces, offering both a cozy place to sit and a discreet way to store everyday essentials, ultimately contributing to a more efficient and welcoming environment. Custom Storage Bench Ottoman Options Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size:L: 85x45x42cmH2S: 36x34x33. 5cmHCubic Metre: 0. 168cbm1x20GP: 166 sets1x40HQ: 405 sets Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only)Lid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. What Are Storage Bench Ottomans Used For? Storage bench ottomans are incredibly versatile and can be used in various areas of the home, each serving a different function:1. EntrywayPurpose: Provides a place to sit while putting on shoes and offers hidden storage for shoes, hats, gloves, or bags. Why It Works: Helps keep the entryway tidy and organized while adding a stylish and functional piece of furniture. 2. Living RoomPurpose: Can serve as extra seating, a footrest, or a coffee table, while offering hidden storage for things like blankets, pillows, or remote controls. Why It Works: Keeps the living room neat and provides multifunctional use, perfect for small spaces. 3. BedroomPurpose: Placed at the foot of the bed, it can store extra bedding, clothes, or personal items while doubling as a seating area. Why It Works: Keeps bedroom clutter under control and adds an extra touch of style. 4. Kids’ Room or PlayroomPurpose: A storage bench ottoman in a child’s room can store toys, books, or stuffed animals, keeping the space neat and organized. Why It Works: Provides a fun, functional piece of furniture that helps teach kids organization while offering a place to sit or play. 5. HallwayPurpose: Offers a place to sit or place items such as bags or keys, while hiding away seasonal gear, scarves, or shoes. Why It Works: A narrow storage bench is a great space-saving solution for smaller hallways. 6. Bathroom (for larger bathrooms)Purpose: A storage bench ottoman in a bathroom can store towels, toiletries, or cleaning supplies. Why It Works: Provides both seating and functional storage, ideal for larger bathrooms with extra space. 7. MudroomPurpose: Stores outdoor gear like coats, boots, and hats, making it easy to keep the area organized. Why It Works: Keeps outdoor items contained and off the floor while offering a convenient place to sit and put on shoes. --- > Round Ottoman with Storage Custom Pouf Ottomans Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-29 - Modified: 2025-11-18 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/round-ottoman-with-storage-custom-pouf-ottomans/ - Categories: Round Ottoman - Tags: Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman, Pouf, Round Ottoman, Roung Ottoman With Storage, Storage Ottoman Home Round Ottoman with Storage Custom Pouf Ottomans Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp Round ottoman with storage is a versatile piece of furniture that cleverly combines seating and storage functions in one compact design. It typically features a cushioned, upholstered top that can serve as a comfortable seat, footrest, or even a small table surface when needed. This thoughtful structure makes it a practical addition to homes of all sizes. Inside the ottoman is a hollow compartment that provides convenient space for storing various household items. Blankets, extra pillows, magazines, toys, or seasonal accessories can be neatly tucked away, helping maintain an organized and clutter-free living area. This internal storage is especially valuable in smaller apartments or rooms where maximizing space is essential. Round ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, materials, and colors, making it easy for homeowners to choose one that suits their interior design. Whether the room features a modern minimalist look, a cozy traditional style, or a bold contemporary aesthetic, there is almost always an ottoman that complements the décor beautifully. Overall, the combination of comfort, style, and practicality makes the storage ottoman a popular and reliable choice for modern homes. Its multi-purpose design helps create flexible living spaces, offering both a cozy place to sit and a discreet way to store everyday essentials, ultimately contributing to a more efficient and welcoming environment. Custom Round Storage Ottoman Options Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 54x54x45cmHCubic Metre: 0. 125cbm1x20GP: 225pcs1x40HQ: 550pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only)Lid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. What is the Round Ottoman with Storage? Round ottoman with storage is a versatile piece of furniture designed in a circular shape with a cushioned top and a hidden interior compartment. It functions as a seat, footrest, or small table while providing practical storage space. The top lid—either lift-off or hinged—opens to reveal a hollow interior where items such as blankets, pillows, toys, books, or remote controls can be neatly stored. These ottomans are typically upholstered in fabric, leather, velvet, or faux leather, giving them a soft, stylish appearance that fits well in living rooms, bedrooms, entryways, or dressing areas. They can support sitting, serve as a coffee-table alternative when paired with a tray, and help reduce clutter in small spaces. In summary, a round ottoman with storage combines comfort, functionality, and aesthetics, making it an efficient multi-purpose furniture piece for modern homes. How a Round Ottoman with Storage is made? 1. Design & PlanningBefore production starts, manufacturers decide:Diameter and heightShape (flat top, tufted top, pouf style, skirted, etc. )Materials: wood frame, foam density, fabric or leather upholsteryStyle details: buttons, nailhead trim, stitching, legsThis design becomes the blueprint. 2. Frame Construction (Structure of the Ottoman)A. Cutting the Base & TopTwo circular wooden panels (MDF, plywood, or solid wood) are cut. These become the top surface and bottom base. B. Building the CylinderTo create the round body:Wood slats, plywood strips, or a curved wood ring are bent/formed into a circle. These pieces are attached between the top and bottom panels. Internal support blocks or braces are added for strength. This creates a strong cylindrical frame. 3. Adding Padding (Foam & Cushioning)A. Foam ApplicationA circular foam pad is cut for the top. Additional foam is wrapped around the sides (the cylinder). Foam is glued or adhered to the wood frame. B. Adding BattingPolyester batting is wrapped around the foam for smoothness. This prevents fabric from wrinkling and gives the ottoman its soft feel. 4. Upholstery Work (Covering the Ottoman)A. Cutting Fabric or LeatherFabric/leather pieces are cut to fit the curved shape. Side panels are cut as long strips that will wrap around the ottoman. The top circle is cut to match the diameter. B. Attaching UpholsteryFabric is stretched tightly over the top and stapled underneath. Side fabric is wrapped around the cylinder and smoothed to avoid wrinkles. Excess folds are trimmed and stapled securely on the underside. C. Tufting (Optional)For tufted designs:Holes are drilled in the frame top before foam is applied. Buttons are threaded through fabric and pulled tight to create tufted dimples. 5. Adding Legs or BaseDepending on the style:Wooden legs are screwed into preinstalled mounting plates. Metal legs are bolted on. Some ottomans have no legs (pouf style) and sit flat on the floor. Others have a solid plinth base. 6. Underside FinishingThe bottom is finished by:Adding a dust-cover fabric (black or matching color). Stapling clean edges around the frame. Ensuring no exposed staples or rough wood. 7. Quality Check & Finishing TouchesThe ottoman is inspected for:Smooth, wrinkle-free upholsteryEven shapeStrong, stable structureComfort and firmnessDecorative accents (nailheads, piping, buttons)After passing inspection, it's packaged and ready to ship. --- > Square Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottomans Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-29 - Modified: 2025-11-18 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/square-storage-ottoman-custom-storage-ottomans/ - Categories: Storage Ottoman - Tags: Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman, Square Storage Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home Square Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottomans Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp Square storage ottoman is a versatile piece of furniture that cleverly combines seating and storage functions in one compact design. It typically features a cushioned, upholstered top that can serve as a comfortable seat, footrest, or even a small table surface when needed. This thoughtful structure makes it a practical addition to homes of all sizes. Inside the ottoman is a hollow compartment that provides convenient space for storing various household items. Blankets, extra pillows, magazines, toys, or seasonal accessories can be neatly tucked away, helping maintain an organized and clutter-free living area. This internal storage is especially valuable in smaller apartments or rooms where maximizing space is essential. Square storage ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, materials, and colors, making it easy for homeowners to choose one that suits their interior design. Whether the room features a modern minimalist look, a cozy traditional style, or a bold contemporary aesthetic, there is almost always an ottoman that complements the décor beautifully. Overall, the combination of comfort, style, and practicality makes the square storage ottoman a popular and reliable choice for modern homes. Its multi-purpose design helps create flexible living spaces, offering both a cozy place to sit and a discreet way to store everyday essentials, ultimately contributing to a more efficient and welcoming environment. Custom Square Storage Ottoman Options Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 44. 5×44. 5×47. 5cmHCubic Metre: 0. 104cbm1x20GP: 270pcs1x40HQ: 655pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only)Lid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. A Factory You Can Trust – Specializing in Bulk Square Storage Ottomans Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. What are the features of Square Storage Ottoman? 1. Hidden Storage CompartmentMost have a hinged lid or lift-up top so you can store items like blankets, toys, magazines, or other household clutter. Some have spring-assisted hinges (like leather ottomans) so lifting is smooth. Storage capacity might be in liters (e. g. , 35 L for a 40×40×40 cm model). Upholstery / Material OptionsFabric: Many are upholstered in linen or other durable fabrics. Faux Leather: Some are covered in PU or other synthetic leather, offering a sleek, modern look. Leather: Higher-end models might use real leather. Wicker: There are also woven wicker versions for a more natural, textured style. 3. Frame & ConstructionOften built with a solid/engineered wood frame for strength. Legs: Many have wooden legs (e. g. , gourd-shaped legs) or tapered legs. Some tops are padded for comfort, using foam or other cushioning materials. 4. Design DetailsTufting: Button tufted tops are common, giving a classic or traditional look. Nailhead trim: Decorative nailhead trim is often used for style. Flip-up lid or hinged top: Makes it easier to access storage without removing the entire cushion. 5. Weight Capacity / DurabilityMany ottomans are designed to be used as seating, so they support a certain weight. For example, Kirklands’ square storage ottoman supports up to ~250 lbs. With proper frame construction, they can double as a coffee table or footrest. 6. Versatility / FunctionalityMultipurpose: They can serve as a footrest, extra seating, a coffee table (or surface for trays), and a storage box. Space-saving: Especially useful in smaller rooms because of the hidden storage. Maintenance: Depending on material, they’re fairly easy to clean. For faux leather, a damp cloth suffices. 7. Aesthetic OptionsSizes: Square ottomans come in different sizes (e. g. , 36", 40", 44", 48" in leather versions) to match your space. Colors / Fabrics: Wide range of upholstery options, from neutral linen to more decorative leathers or performance fabrics. Performance Fabrics: Some are upholstered in stain-resistant or durable performance fabric so they hold up well in high-traffic or messy areas. --- > Bulk Purchase Velvet Ottoman Storage Ottomans Free Samples, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-29 - Modified: 2025-11-18 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/bulk-purchase-velvet-ottoman-storage-ottomans/ - Categories: Storage Ottoman - Tags: Brown Ottoman, Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman, Pouf, Storage Ottoman, Velvet Ottoman Home Bulk Purchase Velvet Ottoman Storage Ottomans Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp A velvet ottoman is a versatile piece of furniture that cleverly combines seating and storage functions in one compact design. It typically features a cushioned, upholstered top that can serve as a comfortable seat, footrest, or even a small table surface when needed. This thoughtful structure makes it a practical addition to homes of all sizes. Inside the velvet ottoman is a hollow compartment that provides convenient space for storing various household items. Blankets, extra pillows, magazines, toys, or seasonal accessories can be neatly tucked away, helping maintain an organized and clutter-free living area. This internal storage is especially valuable in smaller apartments or rooms where maximizing space is essential. Velvet ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, materials, and colors, making it easy for homeowners to choose one that suits their interior design. Whether the room features a modern minimalist look, a cozy traditional style, or a bold contemporary aesthetic, there is almost always an ottoman that complements the décor beautifully. Overall, the combination of comfort, style, and practicality makes the storage ottoman a popular and reliable choice for modern homes. Its multi-purpose design helps create flexible living spaces, offering both a cozy place to sit and a discreet way to store everyday essentials, ultimately contributing to a more efficient and welcoming environment. Custom Velvet Ottoman Options Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 44x44x45cmHCubic Metre: 0. 099cbm1x20GP: 280pcs1x40HQ: 690pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Your Trusted Factory for Bulk Velvet Ottomans Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. What are the Features of Velvet Ottoman? Main Features of a Velvet Ottoman1. Soft, Luxurious TextureVelvet fabric gives a smooth, plush, and elegant feel. Adds a touch of sophistication to any room. 2. Rich, Vibrant Color AppearanceVelvet holds color exceptionally well, producing deep, rich tones. Makes the ottoman a standout décor piece. 3. Comfortable CushioningUsually well-padded for comfortable seating or footrest use. The soft surface increases comfort. 4. Versatile UsageCan be used as a footrest, extra seating, coffee table, or decor piece. Works in bedrooms, living rooms, dressing rooms, and entryways. 5. Storage Options (On Many Models)Some velvet ottomans come with hidden storage compartments. Perfect for storing blankets, toys, magazines, or accessories. 6. Sturdy ConstructionTypically built with a strong wooden or metal frame. Designed to support weight as seating furniture. 7. Easy to StyleVelvet complements modern, glam, vintage, boho, and even minimalist interiors. Often paired with tufting, nailhead trim, or gold/brass legs for added elegance. 8. Variety of Shapes and SizesComes in round, square, rectangular, and bench styles. Available in compact stool size or large bench/coffee-table size. 9. Soft Sheen & Light ReflectionVelvet has a natural sheen that changes with lighting and angle—adds depth and visual interest. 10. Durable When Maintained ProperlyModern velvet fabrics are often designed to be stain-resistant and durable, especially performance velvet. Frequently Asked Questions About Velvet Ottoman How many velvet ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 690pcs velvet ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. Where are the custom ottoman made? They are made in our factory located in Fuzhou city, Fujian Province, which is quite close to Fuzhou Port and Xiamen Port. This would be much helpful for the shipping and shorten the estimated time of arrival. --- > Tufted Ottoman Grey Tufted Ottoman Coffee Table Free Design, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-29 - Modified: 2025-11-18 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/tufted-ottoman-grey-tufted-ottoman-coffee-table/ - Categories: Ottoman Table - Tags: Fuzhou Fytch, Squaree Ottoman, Tufted Ottoman, Tufted Ottoman Coffee Table Home Tufted Ottoman Grey Tufted Ottoman Coffee Table Free Design Inquiry WhatsApp Tufted ottoman is a compact and functional piece of furniture designed to provide comfort, support, and relaxation. It typically features a soft, cushioned top, allowing you to rest your feet after a long day, relieve pressure, and improve posture while sitting. Its compact design makes it easy to place in front of sofas, armchairs, or lounge chairs, offering both comfort and convenience in any living space. Tufted ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, and materials, from minimalist wooden frames to upholstered designs in fabric, leather, or velvet. This variety allows them to blend seamlessly with different interior styles, whether modern, contemporary, or traditional. In addition to their practical function, footstools also serve as decorative accents, adding a touch of texture, color, or charm to a room. Many modern ottomans are designed with extra features such as built-in storage, removable covers for easy cleaning, or lightweight construction for effortless movement. Some may also include matching designs that complement sofas or chairs as part of a coordinated furniture set. Combining comfort, versatility, and aesthetic appeal, the footstool is a simple yet essential addition to any home — perfect for creating a cozy and relaxing environment while enhancing your overall décor. Custom Tufted Ottoman Options Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 60x60x36cmHCubic Metre: 0. 093cbm1x20GP: 300pcs1x40HQ: 740pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only) Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. What Are The Key Aspects of Custom Tufted Ottoman? The key aspects of a custom tufted ottoman revolve around tailoring it to meet specific aesthetic, functional, and ergonomic needs. Here are the main aspects to consider:1. DimensionsHeight, width, and depth based on the user's preferences and how it will be used (e. g. , footrest, extra seating, or storage). Should match the proportions of the furniture it will accompany (e. g. , a sofa or chair). 2. FunctionalityStandard footrest or multipurpose (e. g. , storage ottoman, tray table, or convertible seating). Mobility: Fixed legs or casters for easier movement. Weight capacity if it's to be used for seating. 3. MaterialsFrame: Wood, metal, or composite based on durability and design preference. Upholstery: Leather, fabric, vinyl, or other materials tailored to the room’s style and durability requirements. Padding: Foam density affects comfort and longevity. 4. Style & DesignMatches the interior decor (modern, traditional, rustic, etc. ). Custom fabric patterns, tufting, piping, or nailhead trim for aesthetics. Shape options: rectangular, square, round, or custom forms. 5. Finish & ColorChoice of stain or paint for wood elements. Upholstery color and texture to coordinate with the room. 6. ErgonomicsDesigned for proper leg support (ideal footstool height is typically 10–18 inches from the ground, depending on the seat it accompanies). Sufficient surface area for comfort without taking up excess space. 7. Craftsmanship & DurabilityQuality of joinery, stitching, and upholstery. Long-term durability, especially if it sees frequent use. Frequently Asked Questions About Tufted Ottoman How many tufted ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 740pcs tufted ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, we provide logo print, embroidery or branding options on the stool fabric or surface for corporate gifts, promotions or branded furniture. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ) for tufted ottoman Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Are your materials eco-friendly or sustainable? We offer options using eco-friendly materials like FSC-certified wood, recycled fabrics, and low-VOC finishes upon request. Ask about our sustainable product lines --- > Custom Big Ottoman Custom Upholstered Footstool Wholesale Factory, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, factory price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-29 - Modified: 2025-11-17 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-big-ottoman-custom-upholstered-footstool/ - Categories: Ottoman Table - Tags: Big Ottoman, Coffee Table, Custom Upholstered Footstool, Fabric Bench, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman Home Custom Big Ottoman Custom Upholstered Footstool Wholesale Factory Inquiry WhatsApp Custom big ottoman is a compact and functional piece of furniture designed to provide comfort, support, and relaxation. It typically features a soft, cushioned top, allowing you to rest your feet after a long day, relieve pressure, and improve posture while sitting. Its compact design makes it easy to place in front of sofas, armchairs, or lounge chairs, offering both comfort and convenience in any living space. Big ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, and materials, from minimalist wooden frames to upholstered designs in fabric, leather, or velvet. This variety allows them to blend seamlessly with different interior styles, whether modern, contemporary, or traditional. In addition to their practical function, footstools also serve as decorative accents, adding a touch of texture, color, or charm to a room. Many modern ottomans are designed with extra features such as built-in storage, removable covers for easy cleaning, or lightweight construction for effortless movement. Some may also include matching designs that complement sofas or chairs as part of a coordinated furniture set. Combining comfort, versatility, and aesthetic appeal, the footstool is a simple yet essential addition to any home — perfect for creating a cozy and relaxing environment while enhancing your overall décor. Custom Big Ottoman Options Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Metal legColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 80x60x43cmHCubic Metre: 0. 234cbm1x20GP: 120pcs1x40HQ: 290pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Assembly: No assembly required Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. A Factory You Can Trust – Specializing in Bulk Big Ottomans Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory-Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. What Are The Key Aspects of Custom Big Ottoman? The key aspects of a custom big ottoman revolve around tailoring it to meet specific aesthetic, functional, and ergonomic needs. Here are the main aspects to consider:1. DimensionsHeight, width, and depth based on the user's preferences and how it will be used (e. g. , footrest, extra seating, or storage). Should match the proportions of the furniture it will accompany (e. g. , a sofa or chair). 2. FunctionalityStandard footrest or multipurpose (e. g. , storage ottoman, tray table, or convertible seating). Mobility: Fixed legs or casters for easier movement. Weight capacity if it's to be used for seating. 3. MaterialsFrame: Wood, metal, or composite based on durability and design preference. Upholstery: Leather, fabric, vinyl, or other materials tailored to the room’s style and durability requirements. Padding: Foam density affects comfort and longevity. 4. Style & DesignMatches the interior decor (modern, traditional, rustic, etc. ). Custom fabric patterns, tufting, piping, or nailhead trim for aesthetics. Shape options: rectangular, square, round, or custom forms. 5. Finish & ColorChoice of stain or paint for wood elements. Upholstery color and texture to coordinate with the room. 6. ErgonomicsDesigned for proper leg support (ideal footstool height is typically 10–18 inches from the ground, depending on the seat it accompanies). Sufficient surface area for comfort without taking up excess space. 7. Craftsmanship & DurabilityQuality of joinery, stitching, and upholstery. Long-term durability, especially if it sees frequent use. --- > Bed Ottoman Custom Bed Ottoman Bench Wholesale Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-28 - Modified: 2025-11-20 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/bed-ottoman-custom-bed-ottoman-bench-wholesale/ - Categories: Long Bench - Tags: Bed Ottoman, Bed Ottoman Bench, Fabric Bench, Fuzhou Fytch, Long Bench, Storage Bench Home Bed Ottoman Custom Bed Ottoman Bench Wholesale Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp Custom bed ottoman is a practical and stylish piece of furniture that combines seating and storage in one functional design. It typically features a sturdy, cushioned seat that provides comfortable seating, while the built-in storage compartment beneath offers ample space for keeping household items such as shoes, blankets, pillows, or seasonal accessories neatly organized. This dual-purpose design helps maximize space and maintain a clean, clutter-free environment in any room. Bed ottomans come in a variety of sizes, materials, and designs, making them versatile additions to entryways, bedrooms, living rooms, or hallways. Whether upholstered in soft fabric for a cozy touch or crafted from solid wood for a timeless look, a storage bench can easily complement different interior styles — from modern and minimal to classic and rustic. Many bed ottomans feature hinged lids, pull-out drawers, or open shelving, offering convenient access and flexible organization options. Some designs also include decorative tufting, armrests, or backrests, adding both comfort and visual appeal. Custom Bed Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 122x42x43. 5cmHCubic Metre: 0. 246cbm1x20GP: 115pcs1x40HQ: 280pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Your Trusted Factory for Bulk Bed Ottomans Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Where to Use a Bed Ottoman? Bed ottomans are incredibly versatile and can be used in various areas of the home, each serving a different function:1. EntrywayPurpose: Provides a place to sit while putting on shoes and offers hidden storage for shoes, hats, gloves, or bags. Why It Works: Helps keep the entryway tidy and organized while adding a stylish and functional piece of furniture. 2. Living RoomPurpose: Can serve as extra seating, a footrest, or a coffee table, while offering hidden storage for things like blankets, pillows, or remote controls. Why It Works: Keeps the living room neat and provides multifunctional use, perfect for small spaces. 3. BedroomPurpose: Placed at the foot of the bed, it can store extra bedding, clothes, or personal items while doubling as a seating area. Why It Works: Keeps bedroom clutter under control and adds an extra touch of style. 4. Kids’ Room or PlayroomPurpose: A storage bed ottoman in a child’s room can store toys, books, or stuffed animals, keeping the space neat and organized. Why It Works: Provides a fun, functional piece of furniture that helps teach kids organization while offering a place to sit or play. 5. HallwayPurpose: Offers a place to sit or place items such as bags or keys, while hiding away seasonal gear, scarves, or shoes. Why It Works: A narrow storage ottoman is a great space-saving solution for smaller hallways. 6. Bathroom (for larger bathrooms)Purpose: A storage bed ottoman in a bathroom can store towels, toiletries, or cleaning supplies. Why It Works: Provides both seating and functional storage, ideal for larger bathrooms with extra space. 7. MudroomPurpose: Stores outdoor gear like coats, boots, and hats, making it easy to keep the area organized. Why It Works: Keeps outdoor items contained and off the floor while offering a convenient place to sit and put on shoes. --- > Circle Ottoman Custom Circle Ottomans Wholesale Factory, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-28 - Modified: 2025-11-20 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/circle-ottoman-custom-circle-ottomans-wholesale/ - Categories: Round Ottoman - Tags: Circle Ottoman, Custom Ottomans, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman Table, Round Ottoman Home Circle Ottoman Custom Circle Ottomans Wholesale Factory A circle ottoman is a compact and functional piece of furniture designed to provide comfort, support, and relaxation. It typically features a soft, cushioned top, allowing you to rest your feet after a long day, relieve pressure, and improve posture while sitting. Its compact design makes it easy to place in front of sofas, armchairs, or lounge chairs, offering both comfort and convenience in any living space. circle ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, and materials, from minimalist wooden frames to upholstered designs in fabric, leather, or velvet. This variety allows them to blend seamlessly with different interior styles, whether modern, contemporary, or traditional. In addition to their practical function, circle ottomans also serve as decorative accents, adding a touch of texture, color, or charm to a room. Combining comfort, versatility, and aesthetic appeal, the circle ottoman is a simple yet essential addition to any home — perfect for creating a cozy and relaxing environment while enhancing your overall décor. Inquiry WhatsApp Custom Circle Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 80x80x40cmHCubic Metre: 0. 201cbm1x20GP: 140pcs1x40HQ: 340pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only) Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. What Are The Key Aspects of Custom Circle Ottoman? The key aspects of a custom circle ottoman revolve around tailoring it to meet specific aesthetic, functional, and ergonomic needs. Here are the main aspects to consider:1. DimensionsHeight, width, and depth based on the user's preferences and how it will be used (e. g. , footrest, extra seating, or storage). Should match the proportions of the furniture it will accompany (e. g. , a sofa or chair). 2. FunctionalityStandard footrest or multipurpose (e. g. , storage ottoman, tray table, or convertible seating). Mobility: Fixed legs or casters for easier movement. Weight capacity if it's to be used for seating. 3. MaterialsFrame: Wood, metal, or composite based on durability and design preference. Upholstery: Leather, fabric, vinyl, or other materials tailored to the room’s style and durability requirements. Padding: Foam density affects comfort and longevity. 4. Style & DesignMatches the interior decor (modern, traditional, rustic, etc. ). Custom fabric patterns, tufting, piping, or nailhead trim for aesthetics. Shape options: rectangular, oval, square, round, or custom forms. 5. Finish & ColorChoice of stain or paint for wood elements. Upholstery color and texture to coordinate with the room. 6. ErgonomicsDesigned for proper leg support (ideal ottoman height is typically 10–18 inches from the ground, depending on the seat it accompanies). Sufficient surface area for comfort without taking up excess space. 7. Craftsmanship & DurabilityQuality of joinery, stitching, and upholstery. Long-term durability, especially if it sees frequent use. Frequently Asked Questions About Circle Ottoman How many circle ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 340pcs circle ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do the circle ottomans include storage functionality? Many of our ottomans come with hidden storage space inside. But the one no. How to pack the goods? Usually, bubble bag + brown carton, and accept mail-order packaging. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. --- > Custom Green Ottoman for Bedroom Manufacturer Free Samples, MOQ 30 units Bulk Pricing Factory Direct Shipping, FOB Fuzhou City, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-28 - Modified: 2025-11-20 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-green-ottoman-for-bedroom-manufacturer/ - Categories: Storage Ottoman - Tags: Fuzhou Fytch, Green Ottoman, Long Bench, Semicircle Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home Custom Green Ottoman for Bedroom Manufacturer Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp Green ottoman is a versatile piece of furniture that cleverly combines seating and storage functions in one compact design. It typically features a cushioned, upholstered top that can serve as a comfortable seat, footrest, or even a small table surface when needed. This thoughtful structure makes it a practical addition to homes of all sizes. Inside the ottoman is a hollow compartment that provides convenient space for storing various household items. Blankets, extra pillows, magazines, toys, or seasonal accessories can be neatly tucked away, helping maintain an organized and clutter-free living area. This internal storage is especially valuable in smaller apartments or rooms where maximizing space is essential. Green ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, materials, and colors, making it easy for homeowners to choose one that suits their interior design. Whether the room features a modern minimalist look, a cozy traditional style, or a bold contemporary aesthetic, there is almost always an ottoman that complements the décor beautifully. Overall, the combination of comfort, style, and practicality makes the storage ottoman a popular and reliable choice for modern homes. Its multi-purpose design helps create flexible living spaces, offering both a cozy place to sit and a discreet way to store everyday essentials, ultimately contributing to a more efficient and welcoming environment. Custom Green Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 80x48x45cmHCubic Metre: 0. 193cbm1x20GP: 145pcs1x40HQ: 352pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Dark Green, Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Your Reliable Factory for Bulk Green Ottoman Solutions Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. How to Use a Green Ottoman A green ottoman is one of the most versatile furniture pieces you can have in your home. Here are the most popular and practical ways to use it:1. Hidden Storage SolutionLift the lid to reveal a spacious compartment perfect for:Blankets and throwsToys and gamesBooks and magazinesRemote controls and electronicsSeasonal décor or clothingIt’s a great way to keep your space tidy and clutter-free. 2. Extra SeatingSturdy and cushioned, green ottomans can serve as additional seating for guests in your living room, hallway, or bedroom. Many models support up to 250 lbs or more. 3. Coffee Table AlternativePlace a tray on top, and your ottoman instantly becomes a stylish coffee table. Use it to hold drinks, candles, books, or flowers. 4. Footrest or Leg SupportUnwind after a long day by putting your feet up. The soft top makes it a comfortable and supportive footrest in front of your sofa or chair. 5. Bedside or Entryway BenchUse a larger ottoman at the foot of your bed for extra storage and as a place to sit while dressing. In the entryway, it’s ideal for putting on shoes while keeping items like scarves and gloves stored inside. 6. Portable & Foldable (if applicable)If your green ottoman is foldable, it can be easily assembled or collapsed for moving, storing, or taking to dorm rooms or temporary living spaces. Pro Tips:Add baskets or fabric bins inside to organize small items. Use drawer fresheners or sachets to keep the interior smelling clean. For fabric ottomans, consider using a fabric protector spray for longevity. --- > Leather Ottoman With Storage Wholesale Factory Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-28 - Modified: 2025-11-19 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/leather-ottoman-with-storage-wholesale-factory/ - Categories: Long Bench - Tags: Fuzhou Fytch, Leather Ottoman With Storage, Long Bench, Storage Bench, Storage Ottoman Home Leather Ottoman With Storage Wholesale Factory Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp Leather ottoman with storage is a practical and stylish piece of furniture that combines seating and storage in one functional design. It typically features a sturdy, cushioned seat that provides comfortable seating, while the built-in storage compartment beneath offers ample space for keeping household items such as shoes, blankets, pillows, or seasonal accessories neatly organized. This dual-purpose design helps maximize space and maintain a clean, clutter-free environment in any room. Leather ottomans with storage come in a variety of sizes, materials, and designs, making them versatile additions to entryways, bedrooms, living rooms, or hallways. Whether upholstered in soft fabric for a cozy touch or crafted from solid wood for a timeless look, a storage bench can easily complement different interior styles — from modern and minimal to classic and rustic. Many leather ottomans feature hinged lids, pull-out drawers, or open shelving, offering convenient access and flexible organization options. Some designs also include decorative tufting, armrests, or backrests, adding both comfort and visual appeal. Combining functionality, elegance, and everyday practicality, the Leather ottoman with storage serves as a smart solution for homes that value both efficient use of space and refined style, making it a perfect piece for welcoming guests and keeping your home beautifully organized. Custom Leather ottoman with Storage Options Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 110x43x45cmHCubic Metre: 0. 237cbm1x20GP: 118pcs1x40HQ: 286pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Where to Use a Leather Ottoman with Storage Leather ottomans with storage are incredibly versatile and can be used in various areas of the home, each serving a different function:1. EntrywayPurpose: Provides a place to sit while putting on shoes and offers hidden storage for shoes, hats, gloves, or bags. Why It Works: Helps keep the entryway tidy and organized while adding a stylish and functional piece of furniture. 2. Living RoomPurpose: Can serve as extra seating, a footrest, or a coffee table, while offering hidden storage for things like blankets, pillows, or remote controls. Why It Works: Keeps the living room neat and provides multifunctional use, perfect for small spaces. 3. BedroomPurpose: Placed at the foot of the bed, it can store extra bedding, clothes, or personal items while doubling as a seating area. Why It Works: Keeps bedroom clutter under control and adds an extra touch of style. 4. Kids’ Room or PlayroomPurpose: A storage bench in a child’s room can store toys, books, or stuffed animals, keeping the space neat and organized. Why It Works: Provides a fun, functional piece of furniture that helps teach kids organization while offering a place to sit or play. 5. HallwayPurpose: Offers a place to sit or place items such as bags or keys, while hiding away seasonal gear, scarves, or shoes. Why It Works: A narrow leather ottoman is a great space-saving solution for smaller hallways. 6. Bathroom (for larger bathrooms)Purpose: A leather ottoman with storage in a bathroom can store towels, toiletries, or cleaning supplies. Why It Works: Provides both seating and functional storage, ideal for larger bathrooms with extra space. 7. MudroomPurpose: Stores outdoor gear like coats, boots, and hats, making it easy to keep the area organized. Why It Works: Keeps outdoor items contained and off the floor while offering a convenient place to sit and put on shoes. --- > Living Room Ottoman OEM Home Furniture Exporter Free Samples, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-28 - Modified: 2025-11-19 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/living-room-ottoman-oem-home-furniture-exporter/ - Categories: Ottoman Table - Tags: Coffee Table, Fuzhou Fytch, Living Room Ottoman, Ottoman Table, Pouf Home Living Room Ottoman Custom OEM Furniture Supplier Inquiry Click here Living room ottoman is a compact and functional piece of furniture designed to provide comfort, support, and relaxation. It typically features a soft, cushioned top, allowing you to rest your feet after a long day, relieve pressure, and improve posture while sitting. Its compact design makes it easy to place in front of sofas, armchairs, or lounge chairs, offering both comfort and convenience in any living space. Living room ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, and materials, from minimalist wooden frames to upholstered designs in fabric, leather, or velvet. This variety allows them to blend seamlessly with different interior styles, whether modern, contemporary, or traditional. In addition to their practical function, footstools also serve as decorative accents, adding a touch of texture, color, or charm to a room. Many modern ottomans are designed with extra features such as built-in storage, removable covers for easy cleaning, or lightweight construction for effortless movement. Some may also include matching designs that complement sofas or chairs as part of a coordinated furniture set. Combining comfort, versatility, and aesthetic appeal, the living room ottoman is a simple yet essential addition to any home — perfect for creating a cozy and relaxing environment while enhancing your overall décor. Custom Living Room Ottoman Options Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Pink, Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 80x80x40cmHCubic Metre: 0. 188cbm1x20GP: 150pcs1x40HQ: 360pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only) Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. A Factory You Can Trust – Specializing in Bulk Living Room Ottoman Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. Where do you use the Living Room Ottomans? Living-room ottomans are incredibly versatile pieces, and you can use them in several places depending on your needs and room layout. Here are the most common (and most useful) ways to use them:1. As a Coffee TablePlace it in front of a sofa. Add a tray on top to hold drinks, remotes, or décor. Softer and more kid-friendly than a hard table. 2. As Extra SeatingPerfect for gatherings when you need additional seats. Works well pushed against a wall, under a console, or next to a sofa until needed. 3. As a FootrestThe classic use—position in front of a couch or chair. Large ottomans allow multiple people to put their feet up. 4. As a Room DividerA big rectangular ottoman can subtly divide open-concept spaces. Helps separate living and dining areas without using bulky furniture. 5. At the Center of a Sectional SofaIdeal for U-shaped or L-shaped sectionals. Provides a comfortable shared lounging surface. 6. For Storage (if it has a lift-top)Place it where you need quick-access storage: blankets near the sofa, toys in a family room, etc. 7. Under a WindowWorks as a casual window seat. Add pillows or a throw to make it cozy. 8. At the Foot of a BedSome people use large ottomans in bedrooms for seating, storage, or aesthetics. --- > Custom Pink Ottoman Wholesale Home Furniture Free Designs, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-28 - Modified: 2025-11-19 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-pink-ottoman-wholesale-home-furniture/ - Categories: Footstool/ Pouf - Tags: Fabric Footrest, Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman, Pink Ottoman, Pouf Home Custom Pink Ottoman Wholesale Home Furniture Free Designs Inquiry WhatsApp Pink ottoman is a compact and functional piece of furniture designed to provide comfort, support, and relaxation. It typically features a soft, cushioned top, allowing you to rest your feet after a long day, relieve pressure, and improve posture while sitting. Its compact design makes it easy to place in front of sofas, armchairs, or lounge chairs, offering both comfort and convenience in any living space. Pink ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, and materials, from minimalist wooden frames to upholstered designs in fabric, leather, or velvet. This variety allows them to blend seamlessly with different interior styles, whether modern, contemporary, or traditional. In addition to their practical function, footstools also serve as decorative accents, adding a touch of texture, color, or charm to a room. Many modern pink ottomans are designed with extra features such as built-in storage, removable covers for easy cleaning, or lightweight construction for effortless movement. Some may also include matching designs that complement sofas or chairs as part of a coordinated furniture set. Combining comfort, versatility, and aesthetic appeal, the ottoman is a simple yet essential addition to any home — perfect for creating a cozy and relaxing environment while enhancing your overall décor. Custom Pink Ottoman Options Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Pink, Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 54x42x43cmHCubic Metre: 0. 172cbm1x20GP: 250pcs1x40HQ: 600pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Assembly: No assembly required Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Your Reliable Factory for Bulk Pink Ottoman Solutions Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Frequently Asked Questions About Pink Ottoman How many pink ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 600pcs pink ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How to pack the goods? Usually, bubble bag + brown carton, and accept mail-order packaging. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. --- > Rectangle Ottoman OEM Home Furniture Exporter Custom Ottoman, wholesale furniture exporter, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-28 - Modified: 2025-11-18 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/rectangle-ottoman-oem-home-furniture-exporter/ - Categories: Long Bench - Tags: Bed End of Bench, Fabric Bench, Fuzhou Fytch, Long Bench, Rectangle Bench Home Rectangle Ottoman OEM Home Furniture Exporter Custom Ottoman Inquiry WhatsApp A rectangle ottoman without storage is usually just called a bed bench, end-of-bed bench, or sometimes foot-of-bed bench. Here’s a breakdown of what this type of furniture is and how it's used:What It IsA bench (usually low and long) that sits at the foot of the bed. It doesn’t have a storage compartment — so no lift-up top, drawers, or hidden space. It can be made of different materials: wood, metal, upholstered fabric, etc. It’s mainly for seating or as a decorative accent, not for hiding things. Why People Use ItSeating: It gives you a place to sit when getting dressed or putting on shoes. Aesthetic: It balances out the bed visually — it gives the room a more finished look. Practical Surface: You can lay out clothes, books, or decorative pillows on it. Custom Rectangle Ottoman Options Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 119x45x45cmHCubic Metre: 0. 267cbm1x20GP: 105pcs1x40HQ: 255pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. What are Rectangle Ottomans used for? 1. FootrestTheir most traditional use:Placed in front of a sofa or chairProvides leg support and relaxationHelps improve posture and comfort2. Extra SeatingBecause of their long, rectangular shape, they can comfortably seat 1–2 people. Common in:Living roomsBedroomsEntrywaysOfficesThis makes them good alternatives to benches or side chairs. 3. Coffee Table SubstituteEven without storage, they can act as a soft coffee table, often with a tray placed on top. Used for:Holding remotesDrinks/snacks (with a tray)BooksDecorative items4. End-of-Bed BenchRectangle ottomans without storage are often used at the foot of the bed for:Sitting while dressingPlacing bags or clothingDecorative stylingCreating a finished look in the bedroomThey’re lighter and slimmer than storage versions. 5. Decorative Accent PieceThey add texture, color, and style to a room. Examples:Upholstered ottomans for eleganceLeather or faux-leather ottomans for modern lookWoven or minimalist designs for airy spaces6. Space Dividers or Room AnchorsThey can help define areas in open-plan spaces, especially when placed:Behind a sofaBetween seating areasUnder windows7. Entryway or Hallway SeatingA rectangle ottoman can function just like a bench:Provides a spot to put on/take off shoesServes as a temporary place for bagsBecause it has no storage compartment, it’s usually lighter and easier to move. --- > White Ottoman Living Room Furniture Supplier Wholesale Price, Custom OEM Manufacturer, Minimum Order Quantity with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-28 - Modified: 2025-11-20 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/white-ottoman-living-room-furniture-supplier/ - Categories: Round Ottoman - Tags: custom ottoman, fabric ottoman, Fuzhou Fytch, Round Ottoman, Storage Ottoman, White Ottoman Home White Ottoman Living Room Furniture Supplier Wholesale Price Inquiry WhatsApp A white ottoman is a versatile piece of furniture that cleverly combines seating and storage functions in one compact design. It typically features a cushioned, upholstered top that can serve as a comfortable seat, footrest, or even a small table surface when needed. This thoughtful structure makes it a practical addition to homes of all sizes. Inside the ottoman is a hollow compartment that provides convenient space for storing various household items. Blankets, extra pillows, magazines, toys, or seasonal accessories can be neatly tucked away, helping maintain an organized and clutter-free living area. This internal storage is especially valuable in smaller apartments or rooms where maximizing space is essential. White ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, materials, and colors, making it easy for homeowners to choose one that suits their interior design. Whether the room features a modern minimalist look, a cozy traditional style, or a bold contemporary aesthetic, there is almost always an ottoman that complements the décor beautifully. Overall, the combination of comfort, style, and practicality makes the storage ottoman a popular and reliable choice for modern homes. Its multi-purpose design helps create flexible living spaces, offering both a cozy place to sit and a discreet way to store everyday essentials, ultimately contributing to a more efficient and welcoming environment. Custom White Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 36x36x45cmHCubic Metre: 0. 064cbm1x20GP: 440 pcs1x40HQ: 1070 pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Metal circleColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. A Factory You Can Trust – Specializing in Bulk White Ottomans Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Frequently Asked Questions About White Ottoman How many white ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? Text Here You can transport up to 1070pcs white ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How to pack the goods? Usually, bubble bag + brown carton, and accept mail-order packaging. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. White Ottomans Storage Ottomans for Every Room Smart, stylish, and space-saving – discover the perfect storage ottoman for your home. Looking for a way to keep your space tidy without sacrificing style? Our collection of storage ottomans offers multifunctional solutions for every room. Whether you're decorating a cozy apartment or organizing a busy family living room, a storage ottoman is a versatile piece that works as seating, a footrest, a coffee table, and hidden storage—all in one. We offer a wide variety of designs including:Cube Storage Ottomans – compact and perfect for small spacesBench Ottomans – ideal for entryways and the foot of the bedTufted Ottomans – classic style with soft cushioningFaux Leather Ottomans – easy to clean and sleek for modern interiorsFoldable Ottomans – space-saving and easy to moveEach ottoman is crafted with durable materials and functional design in mind, helping you store everything from blankets and toys to books and shoes—while adding an elegant touch to your decor. Explore our collection to find the storage ottoman that fits your lifestyle, color scheme, and room size. --- > Custom Round Ottoman Storage Ottoman Free Design Wholesale, OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-27 - Modified: 2025-11-23 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-round-ottoman-storage-ottoman-wholesale/ - Categories: Round Ottoman - Tags: fabric ottoman, Fuzhou Fytch, Pouf, Round Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home Custom Round Ottoman Storage Ottoman Free Design Wholesale Inquiry WhatsApp A round ottoman is a versatile piece of furniture that cleverly combines seating and storage functions in one compact design. It typically features a cushioned, upholstered top that can serve as a comfortable seat, footrest, or even a small table surface when needed. This thoughtful structure makes it a practical addition to homes of all sizes. Inside the ottoman is a hollow compartment that provides convenient space for storing various household items. Blankets, extra pillows, magazines, toys, or seasonal accessories can be neatly tucked away, helping maintain an organized and clutter-free living area. This internal storage is especially valuable in smaller apartments or rooms where maximizing space is essential. Round ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, materials, and colors, making it easy for homeowners to choose one that suits their interior design. Whether the room features a modern minimalist look, a cozy traditional style, or a bold contemporary aesthetic, there is almost always an ottoman that complements the décor beautifully. Overall, the combination of comfort, style, and practicality makes the round ottoman a popular and reliable choice for modern homes. Its multi-purpose design helps create flexible living spaces, offering both a cozy place to sit and a discreet way to store everyday essentials, ultimately contributing to a more efficient and welcoming environment. Custom Round Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 37x37x45. 5 cmHCubic Metre: 0. 069cbm1x20GP: 410pcs1x40HQ: 990pcs Material Material: Faux Fur Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Quality You Can Rely On – Leading Round Ottoman Manufacturer Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Frequently Asked Questions About Round Ottoman How many round ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 990pcs round ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do your ottomans include storage functionality? Many of our ottomans come with hidden storage space inside. This feature can be added or removed based on your order specifications. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ) for round ottoman? Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. --- > Custom Small Ottoman Custom Foldable Ottoman Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-27 - Modified: 2025-11-23 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/custom-small-ottoman-custom-foldable-ottoman/ - Categories: Foldable Ottoman - Tags: Foldable Ottoman, Fuzhou Fytch, Pouf, Small Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home Custom Small Ottoman Custom Foldable Ottoman Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp A small ottoman is a versatile piece of furniture that cleverly combines seating and storage functions in one compact design. It typically features a cushioned, upholstered top that can serve as a comfortable seat, footrest, or even a small table surface when needed. This thoughtful structure makes it a practical addition to homes of all sizes. Inside the ottoman is a hollow compartment that provides convenient space for storing various household items. Blankets, extra pillows, magazines, toys, or seasonal accessories can be neatly tucked away, helping maintain an organized and clutter-free living area. This internal storage is especially valuable in smaller apartments or rooms where maximizing space is essential. Small ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, materials, and colors, making it easy for homeowners to choose one that suits their interior design. Whether the room features a modern minimalist look, a cozy traditional style, or a bold contemporary aesthetic, there is almost always an ottoman that complements the décor beautifully. Overall, the combination of comfort, style, and practicality makes the small ottoman a popular and reliable choice for modern homes. Its multi-purpose design helps create flexible living spaces, offering both a cozy place to sit and a discreet way to store everyday essentials, ultimately contributing to a more efficient and welcoming environment. Custom Small Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 38x38x38cmHCubic Metre: 0. 033cbm1x20GP: 855pcs1x40HQ: 2076pcs Material Material: Pu, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. https://youtu. be/GRBtyOKj5Go? si=9fWwKoIbqm9ZfUAw A Factory You Can Trust – Specializing in Small Ottomans Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Frequently Asked Questions About Small Ottoman How many small ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 2076pcs small ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do your ottomans include storage functionality? Many of our ottomans come with hidden storage space inside. This feature can be added or removed based on your order specifications. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ) for storage ottoman? Our standard MOQ is typically 50 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. --- > Gray Coffee Table Ottoman With Storage Custom Ottomans Free Samples, OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-27 - Modified: 2025-11-23 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/gray-coffee-table-ottoman-with-storage-custom/ - Categories: Ottoman Table - Tags: Coffee Table Ottoman, Fuzhou Fytch, Large Ottoman, Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home Gray Coffee Table Ottoman With Storage Custom Ottomans Free Samples Our coffee table ottoman is made with a sturdy wood frame and durable wood legs, designed for long and lasting use. Durable solid wood legs can withstand a weight of 300 pounds. The soft cushion on the lid with a high-density sponge adds support without sacrificing any comfort, so your tea tray can be placed on it steadily. The coffee table ottoman cube not only brings a touch of class to your interior decor but also incredible function. It can keep your home tidy as a toy box, work as a coffee table to accompany you at night, provide a cozy rest for your tired feet, offer an extra stool for your friends. With a minimalistic yet refined structure, these ottomans bring out a simplistic style that emphasizes comfort and functionality. The button-tufted seat adds traditional elegance to the piece. This coffee table ottoman bench will tie your home together with its stunning looks, making this the ideal addition to your space. Inquiry WhatsApp Custom Coffee Table Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 80x80x40cmHCubic Metre: 0. 282cbm1x20GP: 100pcs1x40HQ: 240pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Solid wood legColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only)Lid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Quality You Can Rely On – Leading Coffee Table Ottoman Manufacturer Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Where Are The Coffee Table Ottomans Used? Based on design guides, user experience, and interior-design practices, here are common uses:1, Living Room / Family RoomAs a coffee table: With a tray on top, a round ottoman becomes a functional surface. To hide clutter: Storage inside is great for blankets, toys, magazines, or remotes. Extra seating: Useful when guests come over. 2, BedroomPlaced at the foot of the bed: Perfect for storing extra bedding or pillows. As a kind of bench: Sit on it while dressing or putting on shoes. Hidden storage for seasonal clothes or linens. 3, Entryway / HallwayUse as a drop zone: People can sit down to put on/take off shoes, and the interior can store gloves, umbrellas, bags, etc. A decorative accent that also provides function. 4, Small / Dual-Purpose SpacesIn small apartments, a round circle storage ottoman is very efficient for saving space because it’s compact but still offers both. As part of a dual-purpose layout: storage5, Kids’ Rooms or PlayroomsGreat for toy storage: keep stuffed animals, art supplies, or games inside. The top becomes a safe, soft place to sit or play. --- > Sherpa Large Ottoman Custom Ottoman Free Design Wholesale, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-27 - Modified: 2025-11-23 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/sherpa-large-ottoman-custom-ottoman-free-design/ - Categories: Ottoman Table - Tags: Custom Large Ottoman, Fuzhou Fytch, Large Ottoman, Ottoman, Ottoman Table Home Sherpa Large Ottoman Custom Ottoman Free Design Wholesale Inquiry WhatsApp A large ottoman is a versatile piece of furniture that cleverly combines seating and storage functions in one compact design. It typically features a cushioned, upholstered top that can serve as a comfortable seat, footrest, or even a small table surface when needed. This thoughtful structure makes it a practical addition to homes of all sizes. Inside the ottoman is a hollow compartment that provides convenient space for storing various household items. Blankets, extra pillows, magazines, toys, or seasonal accessories can be neatly tucked away, helping maintain an organized and clutter-free living area. This internal storage is especially valuable in smaller apartments or rooms where maximizing space is essential. Large ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, materials, and colors, making it easy for homeowners to choose one that suits their interior design. Whether the room features a modern minimalist look, a cozy traditional style, or a bold contemporary aesthetic, there is almost always an ottoman that complements the décor beautifully. Overall, the combination of comfort, style, and practicality makes the large ottoman a popular and reliable choice for modern homes. Its multi-purpose design helps create flexible living spaces, offering both a cozy place to sit and a discreet way to store everyday essentials, ultimately contributing to a more efficient and welcoming environment. Custom Sherpa Large Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 63x63x36cmHCubic Metre: 0. 131cbm1x20GP: 215pcs1x40HQ: 510pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Solid wood legColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only)Lid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. The Factory Behind Premium Large Ottoman Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Where Are The Large Ottomans Used? Based on design guides, user experience, and interior-design practices, here are common uses:1, Living Room / Family RoomAs a coffee table: With a tray on top, a round ottoman becomes a functional surface. To hide clutter: Storage inside is great for blankets, toys, magazines, or remotes. Extra seating: Useful when guests come over. 2, BedroomPlaced at the foot of the bed: Perfect for storing extra bedding or pillows. As a kind of bench: Sit on it while dressing or putting on shoes. Hidden storage for seasonal clothes or linens. 3, Entryway / HallwayUse as a drop zone: People can sit down to put on/take off shoes, and the interior can store gloves, umbrellas, bags, etc. A decorative accent that also provides function. 4, Small / Dual-Purpose SpacesIn small apartments, a round circle storage ottoman is very efficient for saving space because it’s compact but still offers both. As part of a dual-purpose layout: storage5, Kids’ Rooms or PlayroomsGreat for toy storage: keep stuffed animals, art supplies, or games inside. The top becomes a safe, soft place to sit or play. --- > Ottoman Bench With Storage Wholesale Factory Free Sample, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-27 - Modified: 2025-11-23 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/ottoman-bench-with-storage-wholesale-factory/ - Categories: Long Bench - Tags: Fabric Bench, Fuzhou Fytch, Long Bench, Ottoman Bench, Storage Bench Home Ottoman Bench With Storage Wholesale Factory Free Sample Inquiry WhatsApp An ottoman bench is a practical and stylish piece of furniture that combines seating and storage in one functional design. It typically features a sturdy, cushioned seat that provides comfortable seating, while the built-in storage compartment beneath offers ample space for keeping household items such as shoes, blankets, pillows, or seasonal accessories neatly organized. This dual-purpose design helps maximize space and maintain a clean, clutter-free environment in any room. Ottoman benches come in a variety of sizes, materials, and designs, making them versatile additions to entryways, bedrooms, living rooms, or hallways. Whether upholstered in soft fabric for a cozy touch or crafted from solid wood for a timeless look, a ottoman bench can easily complement different interior styles — from modern and minimal to classic and rustic. Many ottoman benches feature hinged lids, pull-out drawers, or open shelving, offering convenient access and flexible organization options. Some designs also include decorative tufting, armrests, or backrests, adding both comfort and visual appeal. Custom Ottoman Bench Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 121×40. 5x44cmHCubic Metre: 0. 24cbm1x20GP: 116pcs1x40HQ: 295pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Where Craftsmanship Meets Reliability - Ottoman Bench Specialists Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Where to Use a Ottoman Bench Ottoman benches are incredibly versatile and can be used in various areas of the home, each serving a different function:1. EntrywayPurpose: Provides a place to sit while putting on shoes and offers hidden storage for shoes, hats, gloves, or bags. Why It Works: Helps keep the entryway tidy and organized while adding a stylish and functional piece of furniture. 2. Living RoomPurpose: Can serve as extra seating, a footrest, or a coffee table, while offering hidden storage for things like blankets, pillows, or remote controls. Why It Works: Keeps the living room neat and provides multifunctional use, perfect for small spaces. 3. BedroomPurpose: Placed at the foot of the bed, it can store extra bedding, clothes, or personal items while doubling as a seating area. Why It Works: Keeps bedroom clutter under control and adds an extra touch of style. 4. Kids’ Room or PlayroomPurpose: An ottoman bench in a child’s room can store toys, books, or stuffed animals, keeping the space neat and organized. Why It Works: Provides a fun, functional piece of furniture that helps teach kids organization while offering a place to sit or play. 5. HallwayPurpose: Offers a place to sit or place items such as bags or keys, while hiding away seasonal gear, scarves, or shoes. Why It Works: A narrow ottoman bench is a great space-saving solution for smaller hallways. 6. Bathroom (for larger bathrooms)Purpose: An ottoman bench in a bathroom can store towels, toiletries, or cleaning supplies. Why It Works: Provides both seating and functional storage, ideal for larger bathrooms with extra space. 7. MudroomPurpose: Stores outdoor gear like coats, boots, and hats, making it easy to keep the area organized. Why It Works: Keeps outdoor items contained and off the floor while offering a convenient place to sit and put on shoes. Frequently Asked Questions About Ottoman Bench How many ottoman benches can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 295pcs ottoman bench in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do your ottomans include storage functionality? Many of our ottomans come with hidden storage space inside. This feature can be added or removed based on your order specifications. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ) for ottoman bench? Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. --- > Round Ottoman Coffee Table 5 pieces Ottoman Set Manufacturer, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-27 - Modified: 2025-11-23 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/round-ottoman-coffee-table-5-pieces-ottoman-set/ - Categories: Ottoman Table - Tags: 5 pieces Ottoman Set, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman Table, Pouf, Round Ottoman Coffee Table, Storage Ottoman Home Round Ottoman Coffee Table 5 pieces Ottoman Set Manufacturer Inquiry WhatsApp A Round Ottoman Coffee Table offers a stylish blend of comfort and practicality, making it an eye-catching centerpiece for any living room. The soft, cushioned top provides a cozy spot to rest your feet, set down a tray, or enjoy casual seating when guests arrive. Lift the lid and you’ll discover a hidden storage compartment, ideal for keeping blankets, toys, magazines, or everyday essentials neatly tucked away. This built-in storage helps you maximize space, especially in smaller homes or apartments, while keeping your living area clean and clutter-free. Available in a variety of fabrics and colors, a round ottoman coffee table easily adapts to different interior styles—from modern to classic to cozy. It works as a coffee table, a footrest, extra seating, and a discreet organizer all in one compact design. Its versatility and elegant shape make it a practical yet stylish addition to any room. With comfort, functionality, and visual appeal combined, a Round Ottoman Coffee Table enhances your living space effortlessly. Custom Round Ottoman Coffee Table Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: L80x80x48cmH 4S30x30x31cmHCubic Metre: 0. 332cbm1x20GP: 85 sets1x40HQ: 205 sets Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Quality You Can Rely On – Leading Round Ottoman Coffee Table Manufacturer Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Frequently Asked Questions About Round Ottoman Coffee Table How many round ottoman coffee tables can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 205 sets round ottoman coffee table in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ) for round ottoman coffee table? Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. How to pack the goods? Usually, plastic bag + brown carton, and accept mail-order packaging. What certifications do your ottomans have? Our ottomans meet relevant quality standards such as EN12520 or ASTM. Certifications can be provided upon request. --- > Ottoman Storage Bench Wholesale Home Furniture Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-27 - Modified: 2025-11-21 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/ottoman-storage-bench-wholesale-home-furniture/ - Categories: Long Bench - Tags: Bed End of Bench, Bench for Bedroom, Fuzhou Fytch, Long Bench, Ottoman Storage Bench Home Ottoman Storage Bench Wholesale Home Furniture Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp An ottoman storage bench is a practical and stylish piece of furniture that combines seating and storage in one functional design. It typically features a sturdy, cushioned seat that provides comfortable seating, while the built-in storage compartment beneath offers ample space for keeping household items such as shoes, blankets, pillows, or seasonal accessories neatly organized. This dual-purpose design helps maximize space and maintain a clean, clutter-free environment in any room. Ottoman storage benches come in a variety of sizes, materials, and designs, making them versatile additions to entryways, bedrooms, living rooms, or hallways. Whether upholstered in soft fabric for a cozy touch or crafted from solid wood for a timeless look, a storage bench can easily complement different interior styles — from modern and minimal to classic and rustic. Many ottoman storage benches feature hinged lids, pull-out drawers, or open shelving, offering convenient access and flexible organization options. Some designs also include decorative tufting, armrests, or backrests, adding both comfort and visual appeal. Custom Ottoman Storage Bench Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 119x45x45cmHCubic Metre: 0. 273cbm1x20GP: 103pcs1x40HQ: 250pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Assembly: No assembly required Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Your Trusted Factory for Bulk Ottoman Storage Bench Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Where to Use an Ottoman Storage Bench Ottoman storage benches are incredibly versatile and can be used in various areas of the home, each serving a different function:1. EntrywayPurpose: Provides a place to sit while putting on shoes and offers hidden storage for shoes, hats, gloves, or bags. Why It Works: Helps keep the entryway tidy and organized while adding a stylish and functional piece of furniture. 2. Living RoomPurpose: Can serve as extra seating, a footrest, or a coffee table, while offering hidden storage for things like blankets, pillows, or remote controls. Why It Works: Keeps the living room neat and provides multifunctional use, perfect for small spaces. 3. BedroomPurpose: Placed at the foot of the bed, it can store extra bedding, clothes, or personal items while doubling as a seating area. Why It Works: Keeps bedroom clutter under control and adds an extra touch of style. 4. Kids’ Room or PlayroomPurpose: An ottoman storage bench in a child’s room can store toys, books, or stuffed animals, keeping the space neat and organized. Why It Works: Provides a fun, functional piece of furniture that helps teach kids organization while offering a place to sit or play. 5. HallwayPurpose: Offers a place to sit or place items such as bags or keys, while hiding away seasonal gear, scarves, or shoes. Why It Works: A narrow ottoman storage bench is a great space-saving solution for smaller hallways. 6. Bathroom (for larger bathrooms)Purpose: An ottoman storage bench in a bathroom can store towels, toiletries, or cleaning supplies. Why It Works: Provides both seating and functional storage, ideal for larger bathrooms with extra space. 7. MudroomPurpose: Stores outdoor gear like coats, boots, and hats, making it easy to keep the area organized. Why It Works: Keeps outdoor items contained and off the floor while offering a convenient place to sit and put on shoes. --- > Black Ottoman Custom Ottomans Free Samples Wholesale Factory, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-27 - Modified: 2025-11-23 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/black-ottoman-custom-ottomans-free-samples/ - Categories: Round Ottoman - Tags: Black Ottoman, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman, Pouf, Round Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home Black Ottoman Custom Ottomans Free Samples Wholesale Factory A black ottoman is a compact piece that blends seating and storage in one smart design. The cushioned top offers a comfortable spot to sit, rest your feet, or place small items. Open the lid and you’ll find a hidden compartment, perfect for storing blankets, pillows, toys, or daily essentials that need to stay out of sight. This built-in storage is especially useful in smaller homes, helping you make the most of limited space while keeping the room tidy. Black ottomans come in a wide range of shapes, fabrics, and colors, making it easy to find one that fits your personal style. Whether your décor leans modern, classic, or cozy, an ottoman can blend in seamlessly and add a touch of charm. Its versatility makes it more than just a seat—it’s an organizer, a footrest, and a stylish accent all in one. With comfort and function combined, a black ottoman brings effortless practicality to any living space. Inquiry WhatsApp Custom Black Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 43x43x45. 5cmHCubic Metre: 0. 09cbm1x20GP: 315pcs1x40HQ: 760pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Metal circleColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. A Factory You Can Trust – Specializing in Black Ottomans Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Frequently Asked Questions About Black Ottoman How many black ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 760pcs black ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. What certifications do your ottomans have? Our ottomans meet relevant quality standards such as EN12520 or ASTM. Certifications can be provided upon request. What is the Black Ottoman used for? A black ottoman serves the same multifunctional purposes as any ottoman, but with the added benefit of bringing a pop of color or a calming tone to a room. Its uses typically include:1. Extra SeatingIt can function as a comfortable seat when you have guests or need additional seating in a small space. 2. FootrestPlace it in front of a sofa or chair to elevate your feet and relax. 3. Storage (if it’s a storage ottoman)Many black ottomans open up to reveal space for blankets, pillows, toys, or other household items. 4. Small Table SurfaceWith a tray on top, it doubles as a coffee table for drinks, snacks, or décor. 5. Decorative AccentThe black color adds visual interest—whether it’s a bold black for elegance or a soft pastel for a cozy, calming vibe. 6. Space Divider or Styling ElementIn interior design, it can subtly define areas in a room or balance the overall color scheme. --- > Ottoman Footstool Custom OEM Furniture Supplier Free Design, wholesale furniture exporter,wholesale low price with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-27 - Modified: 2025-11-22 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/ottoman-footstool-custom-oem-furniture-supplier/ - Categories: Footstool/ Pouf - Tags: Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Indoor Furniture, Ottoman Footstool, Pu Leather Footstool Home Ottoman Footstool Custom OEM Furniture Supplier Free Design Inquiry WhatsApp Ottoman footstool is a compact and functional piece of furniture designed to provide comfort, support, and relaxation. It typically features a soft, cushioned top, allowing you to rest your feet after a long day, relieve pressure, and improve posture while sitting. Its compact design makes it easy to place in front of sofas, armchairs, or lounge chairs, offering both comfort and convenience in any living space. Ottoman footstools come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, and materials, from minimalist wooden frames to upholstered designs in fabric, leather, or velvet. This variety allows them to blend seamlessly with different interior styles, whether modern, contemporary, or traditional. In addition to their practical function, footstools also serve as decorative accents, adding a touch of texture, color, or charm to a room. Many modern ottoman footstools are designed with extra features such as built-in storage, removable covers for easy cleaning, or lightweight construction for effortless movement. Some may also include matching designs that complement sofas or chairs as part of a coordinated furniture set. Combining comfort, versatility, and aesthetic appeal, the footstool is a simple yet essential addition to any home — perfect for creating a cozy and relaxing environment while enhancing your overall décor. Custom Ottoman Footstool Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 51X35. 5X40. 5cmHCubic Metre: 0. 08cbm1x20GP: 350pcs1x40HQ: 850pcs Material Material: PU, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Assembly: No assembly required Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. A Factory You Can Trust – Specializing in Ottoman Footstools Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. What's the Ottoman Footstool? This ottoman footstool features a smooth and durable leather surface, giving it a refined and timeless appearance. The leather upholstery is soft to the touch yet firm enough to provide comfortable support when used as a footrest. Its structure is supported by four solid wood legs, which offer excellent stability and add a warm, natural texture that complements the overall design. The wooden legs are slightly angled, creating a stylish and balanced silhouette suitable for many interior styles, from modern to rustic. This footstool can serve multiple purposes in daily living. It can be placed in front of a sofa or armchair, allowing users to stretch their legs and relax after a long day. It also works well as an extra seat when additional seating is needed, especially in small living spaces. Additionally, it can function as a small side table when paired with a tray, making it a versatile piece of furniture. Its compact size makes it ideal for living rooms, bedrooms, reading corners, or even home offices. Whether used for comfort or convenience, this ottoman adds both practicality and aesthetic charm to any space. Frequently Asked Questions About Ottoman Footstool How many ottoman footstools can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 850pcs ottoman footstool in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do your ottomans include storage functionality? Many of our ottomans come with hidden storage space inside. This feature can be added or removed based on your order specifications Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ) for ottoman footstool? Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. --- > Large Storage Ottoman Extra Large Ottoman Free Sample, wholesale furniture exporter, wholesale low price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-27 - Modified: 2025-11-22 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/large-storage-ottoman-extra-large-ottoman-free/ - Categories: Round Ottoman - Tags: Extra Large Ottoman, Fuzhou Fytch, Large Storage Ottoman, Metal Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home Large Storage Ottoman Extra Large Ottoman Free Sample Inuiqry WhatsApp Large storage ottoman is a versatile piece of furniture that cleverly combines seating and storage functions in one compact design. It typically features a cushioned, upholstered top that can serve as a comfortable seat, footrest, or even a small table surface when needed. This thoughtful structure makes it a practical addition to homes of all sizes. Inside the ottoman is a hollow compartment that provides convenient space for storing various household items. Blankets, extra pillows, magazines, toys, or seasonal accessories can be neatly tucked away, helping maintain an organized and clutter-free living area. This internal storage is especially valuable in smaller apartments or rooms where maximizing space is essential. Large torage ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, materials, and colors, making it easy for homeowners to choose one that suits their interior design. Whether the room features a modern minimalist look, a cozy traditional style, or a bold contemporary aesthetic, there is almost always an ottoman that complements the décor beautifully. Overall, the combination of comfort, style, and practicality makes the storage ottoman a popular and reliable choice for modern homes. Its multi-purpose design helps create flexible living spaces, offering both a cozy place to sit and a discreet way to store everyday essentials, ultimately contributing to a more efficient and welcoming environment. Custom Large Storage Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 56X56X40cmHCubic Metre: 0. 139cbm1x20GP: 200pcs1x40HQ: 490pcs Material Material: Faux fur fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Metal frameColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. A Factory You Can Trust – Specializing in Large Storage Ottomans Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Frequently Asked Questions About Large Storage Ottoman How many large storage ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 490pcs large storage ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ) for large storage ottoman? Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. --- > Brown Leather Ottoman with Wooden Legs Factory Direct Free Samples, Custom OEM Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-27 - Modified: 2025-11-21 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/brown-leather-ottoman-with-wooden-legs-factory/ - Categories: Long Bench - Tags: Brown Leather Ottoman, Foldable Ottoman, Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Long Bench, Storage Ottoman Home Brown Leather Ottoman with Wooden Legs Factory Direct Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp Brown leather ottoman is a versatile piece of furniture that cleverly combines seating and storage functions in one compact design. It typically features a cushioned, upholstered top that can serve as a comfortable seat, footrest, or even a small table surface when needed. This thoughtful structure makes it a practical addition to homes of all sizes. Inside the ottoman is a hollow compartment that provides convenient space for storing various household items. Blankets, extra pillows, magazines, toys, or seasonal accessories can be neatly tucked away, helping maintain an organized and clutter-free living area. This internal storage is especially valuable in smaller apartments or rooms where maximizing space is essential. Brown leather ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, materials, and colors, making it easy for homeowners to choose one that suits their interior design. Whether the room features a modern minimalist look, a cozy traditional style, or a bold contemporary aesthetic, there is almost always an ottoman that complements the décor beautifully. Overall, the combination of comfort, style, and practicality makes the storage ottoman a popular and reliable choice for modern homes. Its multi-purpose design helps create flexible living spaces, offering both a cozy place to sit and a discreet way to store everyday essentials, ultimately contributing to a more efficient and welcoming environment. Custom Brown Leather Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 81x3646cmHCubic Metre: 0. 079cbm1x20GP: 355pcs1x40HQ: 870pcs Material Material: Leather, Fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Pine solid wood legColors Available: Brown, Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only)Lid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Your Reliable Factory for Bulk Brown Leather Ottoman Solutions Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. Where to Use a Brown Leather Ottoman 1. Entryway or FoyerPurpose: Seating for putting on or taking off shoes. Bonus: May include space underneath for shoes or baskets. 2. Dining RoomPurpose: Alternative to dining chairs for a casual, communal feel. Best with: Rectangular dining tables. 3. Living RoomPurpose: Extra seating, coffee table alternative, or window seat. Style tip: Use an upholstered bench to add softness. 4. BedroomAt the foot of the bed:Adds a luxurious touch. Can hold blankets, clothes, or a tray. By a window:Creates a cozy reading nook. 5. HallwayPurpose: Decorative and functional seating in a narrow space. Tip: Choose a narrow, backless design to avoid crowding. 6. MudroomPurpose: Daily use for taking shoes on/off; great with hooks and cubbies. Durability: Look for easy-to-clean materials. 7. Outdoor Spaces (Porch, Garden, Patio)Purpose: Seating for gatherings or quiet time outdoors. Material: Teak, metal, or weatherproof wood. 8. Commercial SpacesIn stores, waiting areas, or lobbies for stylish guest seating. Frequently Asked Questions About Brown Leather Ottoman How many brown leather ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 870pcs brown leather ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ) for brown leather ottoman? Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. --- > Boucle Ottoman Custom Boucle Ottoman Wholesale Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-27 - Modified: 2025-11-21 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/boucle-ottoman-custom-boucle-ottoman-wholesale/ - Categories: Round Ottoman - Tags: Boucle Ottoman, custom ottoman, Fuzhou Fytch, Pouf, Round Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home Boucle Ottoman Custom Boucle Ottoman Wholesale Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp A boucle ottoman is a versatile piece of furniture that cleverly combines seating and storage functions in one compact design. It typically features a cushioned, upholstered top that can serve as a comfortable seat, footrest, or even a small table surface when needed. This thoughtful structure makes it a practical addition to homes of all sizes. Inside the ottoman is a hollow compartment that provides convenient space for storing various household items. Blankets, extra pillows, magazines, toys, or seasonal accessories can be neatly tucked away, helping maintain an organized and clutter-free living area. This internal storage is especially valuable in smaller apartments or rooms where maximizing space is essential. Boucle ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, materials, and colors, making it easy for homeowners to choose one that suits their interior design. Whether the room features a modern minimalist look, a cozy traditional style, or a bold contemporary aesthetic, there is almost always an ottoman that complements the décor beautifully. Overall, the combination of comfort, style, and practicality makes the storage ottoman a popular and reliable choice for modern homes. Its multi-purpose design helps create flexible living spaces, offering both a cozy place to sit and a discreet way to store everyday essentials, ultimately contributing to a more efficient and welcoming environment. Boucle Ottoman Custom Boucle Ottoman Wholesale Free Samples Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 45x45x49cmHCubic Metre: 0. 111cbm1x20GP: 250pcs1x40HQ: 615pcs Material Material: Boucle fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Wood ball legsColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only)Lid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Your Reliable Factory for Bulk Boucle Ottoman Solutions Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. What is the Boucle Ottoman Used for? A boucle ottoman is a type of ottoman upholstered in bouclé fabric—a textured, looped yarn material known for being soft, cozy, and visually interesting. Its uses are the same as a standard ottoman but with an added design-forward aesthetic. Common uses include:1. FootrestThe most traditional use—placed in front of a chair or sofa to elevate your feet. 2. Extra SeatingMany bouclé ottomans are sturdy enough to function as an additional seat for guests. 3. Coffee Table AlternativeA larger, flat-topped bouclé ottoman can serve as a coffee table. People often add a tray on top to hold drinks, books, or décor. 4. Decorative AccentBecause bouclé fabric is trendy and stylish, these ottomans are often used as:texture pieces to warm up minimalist or modern interiorssculptural accents in living rooms or bedrooms5. Bedroom or Vanity SeatCompact bouclé ottomans work well at the end of a bed, in reading nooks, or as vanity stools. 6. Storage (if designed with a lid)Some bouclé ottomans open up for hidden storage—useful for blankets, toys, pillows, or clutter. --- > Upholstered Ottoman Custom Tufted Coffee Table Free Samples, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-27 - Modified: 2025-11-21 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/upholstered-ottoman-custom-tufted-coffee-table/ - Categories: Ottoman Table - Tags: Coffee Table, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman Table, Square Ottoman, Upholstered Ottoman Home Upholstered Ottoman Custom Tufted Coffee Table Free Samples A upholstered ottoman like this one blends modern elegance with practical comfort, making it a standout centerpiece in any living space. Its cushioned, upholstered top adds a soft, tactile layer that instantly warms the room, while the tufted detailing enhances the overall sense of refinement and style. Supported by a sleek, open-frame metal base, the table maintains a clean and contemporary silhouette. This thoughtful structure provides visual lightness without sacrificing stability, making the piece both functional and aesthetically balanced. The generous surface offers ample room for books, décor accents, or daily essentials, and can even double as a comfortable footrest when relaxation calls. Overall, this upholstered ottoman merges comfort, style, and versatility into one timeless piece. It brings softness to modern spaces, enriches the room’s texture, and delivers practical everyday functionality, making it an ideal choice for a welcoming and well-curated living environment. Inquiry WhatsApp Custom Upholstered Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 60x60x40cmHCubic Metre: 0. 086cbm1x20GP: 330pcs1x40HQ: 800pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Metal legColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only) Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Where do you use the Upholstered Ottoman? Upholstered ottoman is a flexible piece that works in many parts of the home. Here are the most common places to use it:1. Living Room (most popular)As a central coffee table for books, décor, and traysAs a soft, cushioned surface that’s safer for kidsAs a footrest in front of the sofa2. Lounge / Sitting AreaCreates a relaxed, comfortable atmosphereAdds texture and visual warmth to small seating corners3. BedroomPlaced at the foot of the bed as a stylish accentUsed as a small table or seating spot in a reading nook4. Walk-in Closet / Dressing RoomOffers a comfy spot for seating or laying out outfitsAdds a luxurious boutique-like feel5. Office or StudioProvides soft seating and doubles as a display tablePerfect for creating a cozy, welcoming reception area6. Hotel, Airbnb, or ShowroomUsed as a statement piece to elevate interior styleFunctional yet decorative—great for modern hospitality spaces Frequently Asked Questions About Upholstered Ottoman How many upholstered ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 800pcs upholstered ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ) for upholstered ottoman? Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. --- > Square Ottoman With Legs Wholesale Factory Free Samples, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-27 - Modified: 2025-11-21 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/square-ottoman-wholesale-factory-free-samples/ - Categories: Footstool/ Pouf - Tags: Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman, Pouf, Square Ottoman Home Square Ottoman With Legs Wholesale Factory Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp A square ottoman is a compact and functional piece of furniture designed to provide comfort, support, and relaxation. It typically features a soft, cushioned top, allowing you to rest your feet after a long day, relieve pressure, and improve posture while sitting. Its compact design makes it easy to place in front of sofas, armchairs, or lounge chairs, offering both comfort and convenience in any living space. Ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, and materials, from minimalist wooden frames to upholstered designs in fabric, leather, or velvet. This variety allows them to blend seamlessly with different interior styles, whether modern, contemporary, or traditional. In addition to their practical function, footstools also serve as decorative accents, adding a touch of texture, color, or charm to a room. Many modern square ottomans are designed with extra features such as built-in storage, removable covers for easy cleaning, or lightweight construction for effortless movement. Some may also include matching designs that complement sofas or chairs as part of a coordinated furniture set. Combining comfort, versatility, and aesthetic appeal, the square ottoman is a simple yet essential addition to any home — perfect for creating a cozy and relaxing environment while enhancing your overall décor. Custom Square Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 40x40x45cmHCubic Metre: 0. 069cbm1x20GP: 410pcs1x40HQ: 990pcs Material Material: Faux Fur Fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Wood ball legsColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Assembly: Simple assembly required (legs only) Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Your Reliable Factory for Bulk Square Ottoman Solutions Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. What's the Square Ottoman? This elegant square ottoman showcases a modern, sculptural design that blends style and comfort seamlessly. Covered in a soft white fabric that resembles plush sherpa or faux-fur texture, it offers a cozy and inviting appearance perfect for contemporary interiors. The vertically channeled upholstery creates a rhythmic, ribbed pattern around all four sides, giving the piece a unique architectural quality while maintaining a soft, tactile feel. Supported by four small wooden legs with a natural finish, the square ottoman achieves a balanced contrast between warmth and refinement. Designed to function as both a decorative accent and a practical home accessory, this square ottoman can serve multiple purposes within living rooms, bedrooms, dressing areas, or reading nooks. Its compact proportions make it easy to position beside a sofa or beneath a vanity, while its cushioned top offers a comfortable resting point for your feet or an occasional extra seat for guests. The clean white color lends a serene aesthetic that can complement minimalist, Nordic, boho, or luxe-inspired décor styles. Beyond its visual appeal, the square ottoman is crafted to add subtle sophistication to any space. The channeled surface creates dimensional depth, allowing light and shadow to enhance its geometric shape throughout the day. Despite its soft exterior, the structure appears sturdy enough for everyday use, making it both functional and decorative. Whether used as a footrest, accent stool, or styling element, it introduces texture and personality to interiors without overwhelming the room. Overall, this square ottoman is a stylish and versatile furnishing piece that elevates comfort and design in equal measure. Its harmonious balance of softness, structure, and contemporary character makes it an attractive addition to modern homes seeking both practicality and visual charm. --- > Round Leather Ottoman Custom Ottoman Wholesale Manufacturer, wholesale furniture exporter,wholesale low price with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-27 - Modified: 2025-11-21 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/round-leather-ottoman-custom-ottoman-wholesale/ - Categories: Set Ottoman - Tags: Fuzhou Fytch, Leather Storage Otoman, Pouf, Round Leather Ottoman, Round Ottoman, Set of 2 Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home Round Leather Ottoman Custom Ottoman Wholesale Manufacturer Inquiry WhatsApp Round leather ottoman is a versatile piece of furniture that cleverly combines seating and storage functions in one compact design. It typically features a cushioned, upholstered top that can serve as a comfortable seat, footrest, or even a small table surface when needed. This thoughtful structure makes it a practical addition to homes of all sizes. Inside the ottoman is a hollow compartment that provides convenient space for storing various household items. Blankets, extra pillows, magazines, toys, or seasonal accessories can be neatly tucked away, helping maintain an organized and clutter-free living area. This internal storage is especially valuable in smaller apartments or rooms where maximizing space is essential. Round leather ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, materials, and colors, making it easy for homeowners to choose one that suits their interior design. Whether the room features a modern minimalist look, a cozy traditional style, or a bold contemporary aesthetic, there is almost always an ottoman that complements the décor beautifully. Overall, the combination of comfort, style, and practicality makes the storage ottoman a popular and reliable choice for modern homes. Its multi-purpose design helps create flexible living spaces, offering both a cozy place to sit and a discreet way to store everyday essentials, ultimately contributing to a more efficient and welcoming environment. Custom Round Leather Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 35. 5×35. 5x44cmH 30. 5×30. 5x37cmHCubic Metre: 0. 063cbm1x20GP: 445 sets1x40HQ: 1080 sets Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Metal circleColors Available: Brown, Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. How to Use a set of 2 Round Leather Ottoman A set of 2 round leather ottomans is a multifunctional and space-saving solution perfect for modern homes. Here’s how you can make the most of them:1. Maximize StorageStore blankets, pillows, toys, books, or seasonal items inside. Use one ottoman for living room clutter, the other for bedroom or entryway storage. 2. Double as Extra SeatingThe padded tops provide comfortable seating when you have guests. Use them at a dining table, vanity, or desk as temporary stools. 3. Stylish Side Tables or Coffee TablesFlip the lid (if reversible) or place a tray on top to use it as a table. Great for holding drinks, snacks, or remote controls. 4. Flexible Room ArrangementKeep one in the living room and the other in a bedroom or hallway. Stack or nest them when not in use (if design allows). 5. Kid-Friendly & Pet-FriendlyUse in kids' rooms for toy storage and as a safe, soft seat. Pets love sitting or napping on the cushioned tops. 6. Travel or Seasonal SwapsUse to pack away out-of-season clothing or shoes. Move around the house as your needs change—lightweight and easy to relocate. A Factory You Can Trust – Specializing in Bulk Round Leather Ottomans Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Frequently Asked Questions About Round Leather Ottoman How many round leather ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 1080 sets round leather ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ) for round leather ottoman? Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. --- > Oversize Ottoman Upholstered Ottoman Wholesale Factory, Custom OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-27 - Modified: 2025-11-21 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/oversize-ottoman-upholstered-ottoman-wholesale/ - Categories: Ottoman Table - Tags: Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman Table, Oversize Ottoman, Square Otoman, Storage Ottoman, Upholstered Ottoman Home Oversize Ottoman Upholstered Ottoman Wholesale Factory Our oversized ottoman is made with a sturdy wood frame and durable wood legs, designed for long and lasting use. Durable solid wood legs can withstand a weight of 300 pounds. The soft cushion on the lid with a high-density sponge adds support without sacrificing any comfort, so your tea tray can be placed on it steadily. The oversize ottoman cube not only brings a touch of class to your interior decor but also incredible function. It can keep your home tidy as a toy box, work as a coffee table to accompany you at night, provide a cozy rest for your tired feet, offer an extra stool for your friends. With a minimalistic yet refined structure, these ottomans bring out a simplistic style that emphasizes comfort and functionality. The button-tufted seat adds traditional elegance to the piece. This storage ottoman bench will tie your home together with its stunning looks, making this the ideal addition to your space. Inquiry WhatsApp Custom Oversize Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 80x80x40cmHCubic Metre: 0. 282cbm1x20GP: 100pcs1x40HQ: 240pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Solid wood legColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. What is the Oversize Ottoman used for? An oversize ottoman is a larger-than-standard ottoman designed to provide extra comfort, versatility, and functional space in a room. Because of its generous dimensions, it can be used in several practical and decorative ways:Common Uses of an Oversize Ottoman1. Coffee Table AlternativeOversize ottomans are often placed in front of a sofa and used as a coffee table. You can add a tray on top for drinks, snacks, books, or décor while still enjoying the soft, cushioned surface. 2. Extra SeatingThe large surface makes it strong and spacious enough for multiple people to sit on. It’s especially useful during gatherings or when you want flexible seating without adding bulky chairs. 3. Luxurious FootrestIt provides a wide, comfortable area for stretching out your legs, making it more relaxing than a small footstool. 4. Storage (if designed with a hollow interior)Some oversize ottomans include a lift-top compartment, perfect for storing:BlanketsPillowsToysMagazinesRemote controlsThis helps keep living spaces organized. 5. Room Divider or Focal PointBecause of its size, an oversize ottoman naturally draws attention and can serve as a central piece in the room’s design. 6. Soft Play AreaFamilies with children often use it as a safe, cushioned surface for kids to climb, sit, or play. 7. Bedroom Bench AlternativePlaced at the foot of a bed, it can function like a bench for seating, laying out clothes, or adding style to the bedroom. Frequently Asked Questions About Oversize Ottoman How many oversize ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 240pcs oversize ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ) for oversize ottoman? Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. --- > Ottoman Bench with Storage Custom Ottoman Bench Free Samples, wholesale furniture exporter, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-27 - Modified: 2025-11-21 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/ottoman-bench-with-storage-custom-ottoman-bench/ - Categories: Long Bench - Tags: Custom Ottoman Bench, Fabric Bench, Fuzhou Fytch, Long Bench, Ottoman Bench with Storage, Storage Bench Home Ottoman Bench with Storage Custom Ottoman Bench Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp Ottoman bench with storage is a practical and stylish piece of furniture that combines seating and storage in one functional design. It typically features a sturdy, cushioned seat that provides comfortable seating, while the built-in storage compartment beneath offers ample space for keeping household items such as shoes, blankets, pillows, or seasonal accessories neatly organized. This dual-purpose design helps maximize space and maintain a clean, clutter-free environment in any room. Ottoman benches come in a variety of sizes, materials, and designs, making them versatile additions to entryways, bedrooms, living rooms, or hallways. Whether upholstered in soft fabric for a cozy touch or crafted from solid wood for a timeless look, a storage bench can easily complement different interior styles — from modern and minimal to classic and rustic. Many ottoman benches with storage feature hinged lids, pull-out drawers, or open shelving, offering convenient access and flexible organization options. Some designs also include decorative tufting, armrests, or backrests, adding both comfort and visual appeal. Custom Ottoman Bench with Storage Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 117×45. 7x43cmHCubic Metre: 0. 25cbm1x20GP: 112pcs1x40HQ: 275pcs Material Material: PU leather, MDF wood, Foam padding, Plastic legColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Your Reliable Factory for Bulk Ottoman Bench with Storage Solutions Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, ottoman benches with storage, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Where to Use a Ottoman Bench with Storage 1. Entryway or FoyerPurpose: Seating for putting on or taking off shoes. Bonus: May include space underneath for shoes or baskets. 2. Dining RoomPurpose: Alternative to dining chairs for a casual, communal feel. Best with: Rectangular dining tables. 3. Living RoomPurpose: Extra seating, coffee table alternative, or window seat. Style tip: Use an upholstered bench to add softness. 4. BedroomAt the foot of the bed:Adds a luxurious touch. Can hold blankets, clothes, or a tray. By a window:Creates a cozy reading nook. 5. HallwayPurpose: Decorative and functional seating in a narrow space. Tip: Choose a narrow, backless design to avoid crowding. 6. MudroomPurpose: Daily use for taking shoes on/off; great with hooks and cubbies. Durability: Look for easy-to-clean materials. 7. Outdoor Spaces (Porch, Garden, Patio)Purpose: Seating for gatherings or quiet time outdoors. Material: Teak, metal, or weatherproof wood. 8. Commercial SpacesIn stores, waiting areas, or lobbies for stylish guest seating. Frequently Asked Questions About Ottoman Bench with Storage How many ottoman benches with storage can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 275pcs ottoman bench with storage in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian, China. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. How to pack the goods? Usually, bubble bag + brown carton, and accept mail-order packaging. What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. --- > Ottoman Stool Space Saving Ottoman Box Factory Direct Price, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-27 - Modified: 2025-11-20 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/ottoman-stool-space-saving-ottoman-box-factory/ - Categories: Storage Stool - Tags: Footstool, Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman Stool, Storage Stool, Suitcase Stool Home Ottoman Stool Space Saving Ottoman Box Factory Direct Price Ottoman stool, this vintage form inspired stool perfectly accentuates interiors in modern, traditional, and glam decor. Tailored in yellow upholstery, the stool features decorative buttons, glossy silver clips and a stylish handle. The sleek legs perfectly compliment the overall design of the piece and give it a minimalist feel. The stool can be opened just like a real suitcase and provides ample storage for all your bits and pieces. People who love to travel appreciate things that are multifunctional. So they should like the Suitcase stool twice as much: on the one hand because of its wanderlust look, and on the other because it not only serves as a seat, but also offers storage space. Available in different colours. Inquiry WhatsApp Cstom Ottoman Stool Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 50x35x45cmHCubic Metre: 0. 045cbm1x20GP: 620pcs1x40HQ: 1500pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, foam padding, steel nickel-plated, pine wood legColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Functional Storage SpaceLegs to be FittedPerfect for Both a Bedroom and a Living RoomElegant Accent PieceMultiple ApplicationsHigh-Quality Upholstery Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Your Reliable Factory for Bulk Ottoman Stool Solutions Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. What Are The Key Aspects of Custom Ottoman Stool? Custom ottoman stool is a unique piece of furniture that blends the aesthetic of vintage or modern suitcases with the functionality of a stool or seat. These pieces are often handmade or specially commissioned, combining creativity, craftsmanship, and personalization. Here are the key aspects to consider:1. Design ConceptAesthetic Appeal: Often incorporates vintage, retro, industrial, or eclectic design themes. Theme Integration: May reflect travel, nostalgia, or personal stories. Customization Options: Materials, color schemes, handles, and trims can be selected to suit specific tastes. 2. MaterialsSuitcase Base:Vintage leather, hard-shell plastic, canvas, or fabric suitcases. Reclaimed or refurbished for sustainability. Stool Base/Legs:Wood (oak, walnut, teak), metal (steel, iron), or acrylic. Design can vary from minimalist to ornate (e. g. , hairpin legs, turned wood). 3. FunctionalitySeating Surface: Padded cushion added on top, sometimes with fabric or leather upholstery. Storage Capability: Many retain the suitcase’s original storage functionality, allowing dual-purpose use. Portability: Lightweight and easy to move, often retaining the suitcase handle for charm and function. 4. CraftsmanshipHandmade Detailing: Stitching, upholstery, sanding, and leg attachment often done by hand. Durability: Reinforcement to ensure it can support weight as a stool (internal frame or brace added). Finishing: Polished edges, sealed legs, and matching fasteners for longevity and visual coherence. 5. PersonalizationMonograms, Logos, or Tags: Optional engraving or embroidery. Fabric Choices: Wide range of upholstery fabrics — velvet, linen, suede, or custom prints. Thematic Accessories: Old travel stickers, map linings, or passport-style accents. 6. Usage ContextsHome Decor: Entryways, living rooms, bedrooms, reading nooks. Retail Displays: Boutiques and cafes often use them as quirky furniture. Conversation Piece: Ideal for people who love storytelling furniture or travel-inspired decor. --- > Small Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Free Samples, Custom Furniture Manufacturer, wholesale low price with high quality,welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-27 - Modified: 2025-11-20 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/small-storage-ottoman-custom-storage-ottoman/ - Categories: Round Ottoman - Tags: Custom Storage Ottoman, Fuzhou Fytch, Pouf, Round Ottoman, Small Storage Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home Small Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Free Samples Inquiry WhatsApp A small storage ottoman is a versatile piece of furniture that cleverly combines seating and storage functions in one compact design. It typically features a cushioned, upholstered top that can serve as a comfortable seat, footrest, or even a small table surface when needed. This thoughtful structure makes it a practical addition to homes of all sizes. Inside the ottoman is a hollow compartment that provides convenient space for storing various household items. Blankets, extra pillows, magazines, toys, or seasonal accessories can be neatly tucked away, helping maintain an organized and clutter-free living area. This internal storage is especially valuable in smaller apartments or rooms where maximizing space is essential. Small storage ottomans come in a wide range of sizes, shapes, materials, and colors, making it easy for homeowners to choose one that suits their interior design. Whether the room features a modern minimalist look, a cozy traditional style, or a bold contemporary aesthetic, there is almost always an ottoman that complements the décor beautifully. Overall, the combination of comfort, style, and practicality makes the small storage ottoman a popular and reliable choice for modern homes. Its multi-purpose design helps create flexible living spaces, offering both a cozy place to sit and a discreet way to store everyday essentials, ultimately contributing to a more efficient and welcoming environment. Custom Small Storage Ottoman Options Dimensions⭐ Material Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Looking to try a sample first? Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 42x42x42cmHCubic Metre: 0. 065cbm1x20GP: 430pcs1x40HQ: 1070pcs Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. A Factory You Can Trust – Specializing in Bulk Small Storage Ottomans Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. We are the source. By working directly with our factory, you cut out the middlemen, save time on communication, and get the most competitive prices without compromising on quality. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. What are the Key Aspects of Handmade Small Storage Ottoman? 1. CraftsmanshipHandmade Quality: Unlike mass-produced furniture, a handmade small storage ottoman is crafted with attention to detail, often by skilled artisans. This ensures a higher level of care, quality, and unique design. Personalization: Handmade ottomans can be customized to fit the buyer's preferences in size, fabric, design, and storage options, adding a personal touch. 2. MaterialsSustainable Materials: Many handmade ottomans use eco-friendly or sustainable materials such as FSC-certified wood, organic fabrics, or recycled upholstery. Durability: The materials used—such as hardwood for the frame or high-quality foam for cushioning—are typically chosen for their long-lasting qualities. 3. Storage FunctionalityHidden Storage: The ottoman features a lift-up or hinged lid that provides hidden storage space, perfect for blankets, pillows, magazines, or other small items. Design Flexibility: Some handmade ottomans incorporate additional compartments or features, such as drawers or an open shelf, enhancing the organization options. 4. UpholsteryChoice of Fabrics: Handmade ottomans often use premium upholstery materials such as velvet, linen, leather, or organic cotton. These materials are not only aesthetically pleasing but also comfortable to sit on. Stitching & Detailing: The quality of stitching, tufting, and other details (such as piping or buttons) on a handmade ottoman reflects its craftsmanship and adds to its visual appeal. 5. DesignAesthetic Customization: Handmade ottomans are available in a variety of styles, from contemporary and minimalist to traditional and vintage. You can select a design that matches your home décor and personal taste. Versatility: Many handmade ottomans serve as multi-functional furniture, acting as both a footrest and a coffee table, depending on the design and height. 6. Sustainability & Ethical ProductionLocal Artisans: Handmade ottomans are often produced by local craftsmen or small businesses, supporting artisans and promoting ethical production methods. Low Environmental Impact: Because they are typically made in small batches and with natural or recycled materials, handmade ottomans can have a lower environmental footprint compared to mass-produced items. 7. Timeless AppealUnique & Customizable: Each handmade storage ottoman is unique, often with slight variations that make it one of a kind. This uniqueness adds to its value and appeal, particularly for buyers seeking exclusive or custom pieces. Durable Construction: The focus on craftsmanship and quality materials ensures that these ottomans are built to last, often outlasting mass-produced furniture. --- > Romo Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman With Padded Lid Free Samples, OEM manufacturer, factory direct pricing with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-23 - Modified: 2025-09-23 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/romo-ottoman-custom-storage-ottoman-with-lid/ - Categories: Round Ottoman - Tags: Fuzhou Fytch, Living Room Ottoman, Ottoman, Pouf, Roma Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home Romo Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman With Padded Lid Free Samples Romo Ottoman is a type of furniture that combines seating and storage functions in one piece. It typically features a cushioned top, which can be used as a seat or footrest, and a hollow interior that provides space for storing items such as blankets, pillows, magazines, or other household essentials. This dual-purpose design helps maximize space and maintain a tidy living area. Romo ottomans come in various sizes, shapes, and materials, allowing them to complement different interior styles, from modern to traditional. The cushioned top not only adds comfort but also enhances the aesthetic appeal of the piece, making it a versatile addition to living rooms, bedrooms, or entryways. Many romo ottomans are designed with a hinged or lift-off lid, giving easy access to the storage compartment. Some may also include additional features such as tufted detailing, wheels for mobility, or compartments for better organization. The combination of functionality, style, and practicality makes the storage ottoman a popular choice for homes where efficient use of space and added comfort are valued. Inquiry WhatsApp Quick View about Romo Ottoman Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, plywood bottomColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 40x40x44cmHCubic Metre: 0. 082cbm1x20GP: 350pcs1x40HQ: 830pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. OEM Romo Ottoman Supplier Full Container Load of Romo OttomansStacked Ottomans in Factory WarehouseInternal Structure Overview 3 Irresistible Reasons to Choose Our Romo Ottoman Sturdy MDF frame supports up to 220lbs, our ottoman is built to last and designed to impress. It’s the kind of quality you can see and feel. 3500㎡ Workshop + 900㎡ Sample RoomCustom LOGO Industrial Romo Ottoman Bulk Order A Factory You Can Trust – Specializing in Bulk Romo Ottomans Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory-Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. Source straight from manufacturing base. Competitive rates with MOQs starting at 50 units. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Your Reliable Factory for Bulk Storage Ottoman- Fuzhou Fytch Home Decor Co. ,Ltd 136th Canton Fair Romo Ottoman Manufacturer with Customized Solutions 1. Size & Shape: Rectangle, square, round, L-shape — fully customizable2. Available in velvet, faux leather, or linen – custom fabric options3. Foam Choices: 20D–30D sponge, multi-layer or memory foam optional4. Functionality: Storage, lift-top, tufted design, casters available5. Leg Options: Wood, metal, or plastic legs in various styles and finishes What's the Romo Ottoman? A romo ottoman is a type of furniture that combines seating, storage, and often even table functionality in one compact piece. It typically looks like a padded ottoman or footrest, but the top can be lifted to reveal a hidden compartment inside. Key Features of a Romo Ottoman:Hidden Storage: The interior is hollow, allowing you to store items like blankets, pillows, toys, books, magazines or shoes. Cushioned Top: Provides a soft surface for sitting or resting your feet. Multi-Use: Can serve as a coffee table, extra seat, footrest, or decorative accent. Stylish Designs: Comes in various shapes (square, round, rectangular), fabrics (linen, velvet, leather), and colors to match different interiors. Why People Love Romo Ottomans:Space-Saving: Perfect for apartments or small rooms. Clutter Control: Helps keep your space organized and tidy. Versatility: Works in living rooms, bedrooms, entryways, offices, and more. Frequently Asked Questions About Romo Ottoman 1, How many romo ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 830pcs romo ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. 2, Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. 3, Do your ottomans include storage functionality? Many of our ottomans come with hidden storage space inside. This feature can be added or removed based on your order specifications. 4, How to pack the goods? Usually, bubble bag + brown carton, and accept mail-order packaging. 5, What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. 6, Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. 7, What certifications do your ottomans have? Our ottomans meet relevant quality standards such as EN12520 or ASTM. Certifications can be provided upon request. 8, How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. 9, Where are the custom romo ottoman made? They are made in our factory located in Fuzhou city, Fujian Province, which is quite close to Fuzhou Port and Xiamen Port. This would be much helpful for the shipping and shorten the estimated time of arrival. --- > Side Table Custom Side Table 50 Units Minimum Order FOB Fuzhou, Eudr certified manufacturer, low price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-22 - Modified: 2025-09-22 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/side-table-custom-side-table-50-units/ - Categories: Ottoman Table - Tags: Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman Coffee Table, Ottoman w/ Tray, Side Table, Storage Table Home Side Table Custom Side Table 50 Units Minimum Order FOB Fuzhou Side Table is a type of furniture that combines seating and storage functions in one piece. It typically features a cushioned top, which can be used as a seat or footrest, and a hollow interior that provides space for storing items such as blankets, pillows, magazines, or other household essentials. This dual-purpose design helps maximize space and maintain a tidy living area. Side tables come in various sizes, shapes, and materials, allowing them to complement different interior styles, from modern to traditional. The cushioned top not only adds comfort but also enhances the aesthetic appeal of the piece, making it a versatile addition to living rooms, bedrooms, or entryways. Many Side tables are designed with a hinged or lift-off lid, giving easy access to the storage compartment. Some may also include additional features such as tufted detailing, wheels for mobility, or compartments for better organization. The combination of functionality, style, and practicality makes the storage ottoman a popular choice for homes where efficient use of space and added comfort are valued. Inquiry WhatsApp Quick View about Side Table Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: White, Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 43x43x41cmHCubic Metre: 0. 087cbm1x20GP: 320 pcs1x40HQ: 780 pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Low MOQ Side Table Supplier Efficient Loading for Export & Wholesale DeliveryBulk Side Tables Ready for Shipment136th Canton Fair Your Reliable Factory for Bulk Side Table Solutions Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory-Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. Source straight from manufacturing base. Competitive rates with MOQs starting at 20 units. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes side table, storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Side Table Manufacturer with Customized Solutions 1. Size & Shape: Rectangle, square, round, L-shape — fully customizable2. Available in velvet, faux leather, or linen – custom fabric options3. Foam Choices: 20D–30D sponge, multi-layer or memory foam optional4. Functionality: Storage, lift-top, tufted design, casters available5. Leg Options: Wood, metal, or plastic legs in various styles and finishesWhether you need a classic tufted ottoman for a hotel lobby or a modern storage bench for a retail brand, we offer tailor-made solutions to help you win your market. Contact us today for a quotation, samples, or a product development consultation. Frequently Asked Questions About Side Table 1, How many side tables can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 780pcs side table in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. 2, Can your tables be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. 3, Do your side tables include storage functionality? Many of our side tables come with hidden storage space inside. This feature can be added or removed based on your order specifications. 4, How to pack the goods? Usually, bubble bag + brown carton, and accept mail-order packaging. 5, What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. 6, Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. 7, How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. 8, Where is your factory located, and do you ship internationally? Our factory is located in Fuzhou city, Fujian. Yes, we have extensive experience exporting worldwide via sea freight (FCL/LCL) or air freight. Where to Use a Side Table? A side table with a tray and storage is a super functional piece of furniture that offers three uses in one: a seat or footrest, hidden storage, and a flat surface for serving or display. Here's where and how to use it effectively in different spaces:Living RoomCoffee Table Substitute: The tray top provides a stable surface for drinks, snacks, or décor, while the inside can store remote controls, magazines, or throw blankets. Game Night Central: Store board games inside and use the tray for serving snacks. BedroomEnd-of-Bed Bench: Store linens, pajamas, or extra bedding inside, and use the tray to keep a book, candle, or a cup of tea. Vanity Companion: Use as a seat and keep beauty products or accessories tucked away. Entryway or MudroomEntry Ottoman: Sit while putting on shoes; store scarves, gloves, or dog leashes inside. The tray is handy for holding keys or mail. Home Office or StudyStylish Organizer: Store notebooks, tech accessories, or chargers inside. Use the tray for your coffee cup or a small plant. Guest Seating: Pull it out for extra seating during meetings or work sessions. Kids’ Room or NurseryToy Chest Alternative: Store toys, books, or diapers neatly. The tray can serve as a spot for a lamp or baby monitor (out of reach). Small Apartments or StudiosSpace Maximizer: One piece does the job of a table, storage unit, and seat—perfect for small spaces. --- > Pouf Ottoman With Hidden Storage Wholesale Factory Free Samples, FSC certified manufacturer, low price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-20 - Modified: 2025-09-20 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/pouf-ottoman-with-hidden-storage-wholesale/ - Categories: Round Ottoman - Tags: Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman, Pouf, Pouf Ottoman, Storage Ottoman, White Ottoman Home Pouf Ottoman With Hidden Storage Wholesale Factory Free Samples Pouf Ottoman is a type of furniture that combines seating and storage functions in one piece. It typically features a cushioned top, which can be used as a seat or footrest, and a hollow interior that provides space for storing items such as blankets, pillows, magazines, or other household essentials. This dual-purpose design helps maximize space and maintain a tidy living area. Pouf ottomans come in various sizes, shapes, and materials, allowing them to complement different interior styles, from modern to traditional. The cushioned top not only adds comfort but also enhances the aesthetic appeal of the piece, making it a versatile addition to living rooms, bedrooms, or entryways. Many pouf ottomans are designed with a hinged or lift-off lid, giving easy access to the storage compartment. Some may also include additional features such as tufted detailing, wheels for mobility, or compartments for better organization. The combination of functionality, style, and practicality makes the storage ottoman a popular choice for homes where efficient use of space and added comfort are valued. Inquiry WhatsApp Quick View about Pouf Ottoman With Hidden Storagge Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Material Material: Boucle fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: White, Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 51x51x44cmHCubic Metre: 0. 131cbm1x20GP: 215pcs1x40HQ: 520pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Wholesale Pouf Ottoman Warehouse Inventory of Bulk Pouf OttomanBulk Pouf Ottomans Ready for ShipmentWith Large Hidden Storage 3 Irresistible Reasons to Choose Our Pouf Ottoman We Have Own QC to Manage Our Quality. (200kg Weight Drop From 60cm Height)3500㎡ Workshop + 900㎡ Sample RoomCustom LOGO Industrial Storage Ottoman Bulk Order Your Reliable Factory for Bulk Pouf Ottoman Solutions Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Our quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. Factory-Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesSource straight from manufacturing base. Competitive rates with MOQs starting at 20 units. End-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryFull OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Pouf Ottoman Manufacturer with Customized Solutions 1. Size & Shape: Rectangle, square, round, L-shape — fully customizable2. Available in velvet, faux leather, or linen – custom fabric options3. Foam Choices: 20D–30D sponge, multi-layer or memory foam optional4. Functionality: Storage, lift-top, tufted design, casters available5. Leg Options: Wood, metal, or plastic legs in various styles and finishesWhether you need a classic tufted ottoman for a hotel lobby or a modern storage bench for a retail brand, we offer tailor-made solutions to help you win your market. Contact us today for a quotation, samples, or a product development consultation. Contact Us Frequently Asked Questions About Ottoman 1, How many pouf ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 520pcs pouf ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. 2, Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. 3, Do your ottomans include storage functionality? Many of our ottomans come with hidden storage space inside. This feature can be added or removed based on your order specifications. 4, How to pack the goods? Usually, bubble bag + brown carton, and accept mail-order packaging. 5, What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. 6, Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. 7, What certifications do your ottomans have? Our ottomans meet relevant quality standards such as EN12520 or ASTM. Certifications can be provided upon request. 8, Where are the custom ottoman made? They are made in our factory located in Fuzhou city, Fujian Province, which is quite close to Fuzhou Port and Xiamen Port. This would be much helpful for the shipping and shorten the estimated time of arrival. 9, Do you offer printing or embroidery (like logos) on the ottomans? Yes, we provide logo print, embroidery or branding options on the stool fabric or surface for corporate gifts, promotions or branded furniture. 10, What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ) for pouf ottoman? Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. What's the Pouf Ottoman? A pouf ottoman is a type of low, cushioned piece of furniture that’s typically round or cube-shaped and used for versatile purposes. Unlike traditional ottomans, which often have legs or a wooden frame, poufs are usually soft-sided, upholstered, and stuffed—similar to a large floor pillow. They serve several functions:Footrest: A comfortable place to rest your feet. Extra seating: A casual seating option when guests are over. Side table substitute: Some people place a tray on top of a pouf to hold drinks, books, or décor. Decorative accent: They add texture, color, and style to a room, often made from leather, woven fabric, or knitted materials. Common styles include Moroccan poufs (often made of leather with intricate stitching), knit poufs (chunky yarn or woven fabric), and bohemian poufs (colorful, patterned, or embroidered). --- > Leather Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Wholesale Manufacturer, FSC certified manufacturer, low price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-19 - Modified: 2025-09-19 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/leather-storage-ottoman-custom-storage-ottoman/ - Categories: Round Ottoman - Tags: Fuzhou Fytch, Leather Ottoman, Leather Storage Otoman, Outtoman, Pouf, Storage Ottoman Home Leather Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Wholesale Manufacturer Leather Storage Ottoman is a type of furniture that combines seating and storage functions in one piece. It typically features a cushioned top, which can be used as a seat or footrest, and a hollow interior that provides space for storing items such as blankets, pillows, magazines, or other household essentials. This dual-purpose design helps maximize space and maintain a tidy living area. Leather Storage ottomans come in various sizes, shapes, and materials, allowing them to complement different interior styles, from modern to traditional. The cushioned top not only adds comfort but also enhances the aesthetic appeal of the piece, making it a versatile addition to living rooms, bedrooms, or entryways. Many leather storage ottomans are designed with a hinged or lift-off lid, giving easy access to the storage compartment. Some may also include additional features such as tufted detailing, wheels for mobility, or compartments for better organization. The combination of functionality, style, and practicality makes the storage ottoman a popular choice for homes where efficient use of space and added comfort are valued. Inquiry WhatsApp Quick View about Leather Storage Ottoman Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Material Material: Pu leather, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Brown, Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 50x50x45cmHCubic Metre: 0. 128cbm1x20GP: 218pcs1x40HQ: 575pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Wholesale Leather Storage Ottoman Mass Production Storage OttomansFull Container Load of Storage OttomansCustomizable Colors, Fabrics, and Branding Options 3 Irresistible Reasons to Choose Our Ottoman Sturdy MDF frame supports up to 220lbs, our ottoman is built to last and designed to impress. It’s the kind of quality you can see and feel. Lift the lid and discover ample hidden storage—ideal for blankets, books, toys, or anything you want tucked away but close at hand. 3500㎡ Workshop + 900㎡ Sample Room Your Reliable Factory for Bulk Leather Storage Ottoman Solutions Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory-Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. Source straight from manufacturing base. Competitive rates with MOQs starting at 20 units. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Leather Storage Ottoman Supplier - Fuzhou Fytch Home Decor Co. , Ltd 136th Canton Fair Frequently Asked Questions About Leather Storage Ottoman 1, How many leather storage ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 575pcs leather storage ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. 2, Can your leather storage ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. 3, Do your leather storage ottomans include storage functionality? Many of our ottomans come with hidden storage space inside. This feature can be added or removed based on your order specifications. 4, How to pack the goods? Usually, bubble bag + brown carton, and accept mail-order packaging. 5, What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. 6, Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. 7, What certifications do your ottomans have? Our ottomans meet relevant quality standards such as EN12520 or ASTM. Certifications can be provided upon request. 8, How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. 9, Where are the custom ottoman made? They are made in our factory located in Fuzhou city, Fujian Province, which is quite close to Fuzhou Port and Xiamen Port. This would be much helpful for the shipping and shorten the estimated time of arrival. 10, Do you offer printing or embroidery (like logos) on the stools? Yes, we provide logo print, embroidery or branding options on the stool fabric or surface for corporate gifts, promotions or branded furniture. What Are The Key Aspects of Custom Leather Storage Ottoman? Custom leather storage ottoman combines function, comfort, and personal style. Here are the key aspects to consider when designing or evaluating one:1. Upholstery MaterialFabric Options: Linen, velvet, chenille, cotton, faux suede. Leather Options: Genuine leather, faux leather. Considerations: Durability, stain resistance, texture, and color. 2. Custom Design & AestheticsShape & Size: Rectangular, square, round, or custom dimensions to suit your space. Color & Pattern: Tailored to your interior design theme (neutral tones, bold prints, tufting, etc. ). Tufting / Stitching: Button-tufted, channel-tufted, or plain for different visual effects. Leg Style: Exposed wood, metal, or hidden legs for varying aesthetics (modern, traditional, rustic). 3. Comfort & CushioningFilling Material: High-density foam, polyester fiberfill, or memory foam for varying firmness. Seat Support: Some use webbing or springs underneath for added support. 4. FunctionalityStorage Option: Lift-top or hinged lid for storing blankets, shoes, or magazines. Multipurpose Use: Can function as seating, a coffee table, footrest, or end-of-bed bench. 5. Frame & ConstructionFrame Material: Solid wood, plywood, or engineered wood depending on durability needs. Weight Capacity: Should match intended use (occasional seating vs. daily bench seating). 6. Customization OptionsMade-to-order Dimensions: Fits specific spaces like entryways, bedrooms, or under windows. Add-ons: Nailhead trim, casters for mobility, or matching pillows. If you need custom leather storage ottoman, please feel free to contact us. --- > Large Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Free Sample, FSC certified manufacturer, low price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-18 - Modified: 2025-09-18 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/large-storage-ottoman-custom-storage-ottoman/ - Categories: Ottoman Table - Tags: Fuzhou Fytch, Large Storage Ottoman, Ottoman Table, Storage Ottoman Home Large Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Free Sample Large Storage Ottoman is a type of furniture that combines seating and storage functions in one piece. It typically features a cushioned top, which can be used as a seat or footrest, and a hollow interior that provides space for storing items such as blankets, pillows, magazines, or other household essentials. This dual-purpose design helps maximize space and maintain a tidy living area. Storage ottomans come in various sizes, shapes, and materials, allowing them to complement different interior styles, from modern to traditional. The cushioned top not only adds comfort but also enhances the aesthetic appeal of the piece, making it a versatile addition to living rooms, bedrooms, or entryways. Many storage ottomans are designed with a hinged or lift-off lid, giving easy access to the storage compartment. Some may also include additional features such as tufted detailing, wheels for mobility, or compartments for better organization. The combination of functionality, style, and practicality makes the storage ottoman a popular choice for homes where efficient use of space and added comfort are valued. Inquiry WhatsApp Quick View about Large Storage Ottoman Material Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Material Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam paddingColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 61x61x53cmHCubic Metre: 0. 218cbm1x20GP: 130pcs1x40HQ: 315pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. OEM Industrial Large Storage Ottoman Supplier Stacked Ottomans in Factory WarehouseOttomans Packed in 40HQ Shipping ContainerLift the lid and discover ample hidden storage—ideal for blankets, books, toys, or anything you want tucked away but close at hand. 3 Irresistible Reasons to Choose Our Large Storage Ottoman Sturdy MDF frame supports up to 220lbs, our ottoman is built to last and designed to impress. It’s the kind of quality you can see and feel. Our standardized production system includes both in-stock and made-to-order lines, ensuring timely delivery whether for bulk or urgent orders. From design and sampling to production, quality control, packaging, and shipping—we offer end-to-end support with a dedicated account manager for every client. Your Reliable Factory for Bulk Storage Ottoman Solutions Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory-Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. Source straight from manufacturing base. Competitive rates with MOQs starting at 20 units. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Where to Use a Large Storage Ottoman? A large storage ottoman is a super functional piece of furniture that offers three uses in one: a seat or footrest, hidden storage, and a flat surface for serving or display. Here's where and how to use it effectively in different spaces:Living RoomCoffee Table Substitute: The tray top provides a stable surface for drinks, snacks, or décor, while the inside can store remote controls, magazines, or throw blankets. Game Night Central: Store board games inside and use the tray for serving snacks. BedroomEnd-of-Bed Bench: Store linens, pajamas, or extra bedding inside, and use the tray to keep a book, candle, or a cup of tea. Vanity Companion: Use as a seat and keep beauty products or accessories tucked away. Entryway or MudroomEntry Bench: Sit while putting on shoes; store scarves, gloves, or dog leashes inside. The tray is handy for holding keys or mail. Home Office or StudyStylish Organizer: Store notebooks, tech accessories, or chargers inside. Use the tray for your coffee cup or a small plant. Guest Seating: Pull it out for extra seating during meetings or work sessions. Kids’ Room or NurseryToy Chest Alternative: Store toys, books, or diapers neatly. The tray can serve as a spot for a lamp or baby monitor (out of reach). Small Apartments or StudiosSpace Maximizer: One piece does the job of a table, storage unit, and seat—perfect for small spaces. Large Storage Ottoman Supplier - Fuzhou Fytch Home Decor Co. , Ltd 136th Canton Fair Frequently Asked Questions About Large Storage Ottoman 1, How many ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 315pcs large storage ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. 2, Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. 3, Do your ottomans include storage functionality? Many of our ottomans come with hidden storage space inside. This feature can be added or removed based on your order specifications. 4, How to pack the goods? Usually, bubble bag + brown carton, and accept mail-order packaging. 5, What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. 6, Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. 7, What certifications do your ottomans have? Our ottomans meet relevant quality standards such as EN12520 or ASTM. Certifications can be provided upon request. 8, How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. 9, Where are the custom large storage ottoman made? They are made in our factory located in Fuzhou city, Fujian Province, which is quite close to Fuzhou Port and Xiamen Port. This would be much helpful for the shipping and shorten the estimated time of arrival. 10, Do you offer printing or embroidery (like logos) on the stools? Yes, we provide logo print, embroidery or branding options on the stool fabric or surface for corporate gifts, promotions or branded furniture. 11, What is your minimum order quantity(MOQ) for large storage ottoman Our standard MOQ is typically 20 pieces per design. lower MOQs may be possible for stock items or with surcharges, contact us for details. 12, How do I place an order or get a quote? Please contact our Sales Department via info@fzfytch. com or +86 18606016350. Provide details like product reference, desired quantity, customization needs, and shipping destination for an accurate quote. You can also inquire through our website contact form. --- > Round Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Wholesale Manufacturer, FSC certified manufacturer, low price with high quality, welcome to send us your inquiry. - Published: 2025-09-18 - Modified: 2025-09-18 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/round-storage-ottoman-custom-storage-ottoman/ - Categories: Round Ottoman - Tags: Fuzhou Fytch, Ottoman, Pouf, Round Storage Ottoman, Storage Ottoman Home Round Storage Ottoman Custom Storage Ottoman Wholesale Manufacturer Round Storage Otttoman is a type of furniture that combines seating and storage functions in one piece. It typically features a cushioned top, which can be used as a seat or footrest, and a hollow interior that provides space for storing items such as blankets, pillows, magazines, or other household essentials. This dual-purpose design helps maximize space and maintain a tidy living area. Storage ottomans come in various sizes, shapes, and materials, allowing them to complement different interior styles, from modern to traditional. The cushioned top not only adds comfort but also enhances the aesthetic appeal of the piece, making it a versatile addition to living rooms, bedrooms, or entryways. Many storage ottomans are designed with a hinged or lift-off lid, giving easy access to the storage compartment. Some may also include additional features such as tufted detailing, wheels for mobility, or compartments for better organization. The combination of functionality, style, and practicality makes the storage ottoman a popular choice for homes where efficient use of space and added comfort are valued. Inquiry WhatsApp Quick View about Round Storage Ottoman Feature Dimensions⭐ Feature Shipping & Delivery Payment Method Feature Material: Fabric, MDF wood, Foam padding, Metal CircleColors Available: Grey, Beige, Navy Blue, White, Black, Gray Dimensions⭐ Product Size: 35x35x44cmHCubic Metre: 0. 083cbm1x20GP: 435 pcs1x40HQ: 1070 pcs Feature Weight Capacity: 250 lbs (can be used as seating)Storage Capacity: 40L (perfect for blankets, toys, magazines, etc. )Assembly: No assembly requiredLid: Removable, soft-close mechanism for easy access. Shipping & Delivery Processing Time: 30-48 business days (depending on order quantity)Port of Departure: Fuzhou Port, ChinaPackaging: Plastic bag + brown box Payment Method Payment Method: T/T (Telegraphic Transfer)Deposit: 30% deposit before productionBalance: 70% before shipment or against Bill of Lading copyOther payment terms can be negotiated for long-term partners. Looking to try a sample first? Get your hands on a selection of our most popular ottomans and footstools. Try before you buy—order your free sample now. Bulk Round Storage Ottoman For Factories Bulk Round Storage Ottomans Ready for ShipmentFull Container Load of Round Storage OttomansInternal Structure Overview, with large storage room 3 Irresistible Reasons to Choose Our Round Storage Ottoman Sturdy MDF frame supports up to 220lbs, our ottoman is built to last and designed to impress. It’s the kind of quality you can see and feel. From design and sampling to production, quality control, packaging, and shipping—we offer end-to-end support with a dedicated account manager for every client. We Have Own QC to Manage Our Quality. Your Reliable Factory for Bulk Round Storage Ottoman Solutions Low Complaint & Damage Rate – Under 2%Factory-Direct Pricing, Zero Middleman FeesEnd-to-End Customization: Design to DeliveryOur quality assurance system ensures that both the complaint rate and damage rate remain below 2%. Each product is inspected before packing to guarantee safe and reliable delivery. Source straight from manufacturing base. Competitive rates with MOQs starting at 20 units. Full OEM/ODM support: Custom sizes, fabrics, hardware and branding. Your vision, our expertise. We are a professional manufacturer specializing in a wide variety of fabric ottomans, available in both storage and non-storage designs. Our product range includes storage ottomans, poufs, footstools, upholstered benches, round and square stools, foldable models, and multifunctional seating solutions—perfect for homes, offices, hotels, and commercial spaces. Ottoman Manufacturer with Customized Solutions 1. Size & Shape: Rectangle, square, round, L-shape — fully customizable2. Available in velvet, faux leather, or linen – custom fabric optionsLeather Swatch Color 3. Foam Choices: 20D–30D sponge, multi-layer or memory foam optional4. Functionality: Storage, lift-top, tufted design, casters available5. Leg Options: Wood, metal, or plastic legs in various styles and finishesWhether you need a classic tufted ottoman for a hotel lobby or a modern storage ottoman for a retail brand, we offer tailor-made solutions to help you win your market. Contact us today for a quotation, samples, or a product development consultation. Round Storage Ottoman Supplier - Fuzhou Fytch Home Decor Co. , Ltd 136th Canton Fair Frequently Asked Questions About Round Storage Ottoman 1, How many ottomans can fit in a 40-HQ container? You can transport up to 1070pcs round storage ottoman in a 40-HQ container. This efficient packing solution optimizes shipping costs and logistics for your equipment. 2, Can your ottomans be customized in size, color, or material? Yes, we offer OEM/ODM services. Dimensions, fabric, colors, and stitching can all be customized based on your requirements. 3, Do your ottomans include storage functionality? Many of our ottomans come with hidden storage space inside. This feature can be added or removed based on your order specifications. 4, How to pack the goods? Usually, bubble bag + brown carton, and accept mail-order packaging. 5, What is the typical lead time for bulk orders? Lead time is usually 35–45 days after deposit confirmation and final sample approval, depending on order quantity and customization. 6, Do you provide samples before bulk production? Yes, sample orders are available. Sample fees are refundable upon bulk order confirmation. Contact us for sample requests. 7, What certifications do your ottomans have? Our ottomans meet relevant quality standards such as EN12520 or ASTM. Certifications can be provided upon request. 8, How do you ensure product quality during production? We conduct strict QC checks at each stage of production: raw materials, semi-finished products, and final packaging. 9, Where are the custom ottoman made? They are made in our factory located in Fuzhou city, Fujian Province, which is quite close to Fuzhou Port and Xiamen Port. This would be much helpful for the shipping and shorten the estimated time of arrival. 10, Do you offer printing or embroidery (like logos) on the stools? Yes, we provide logo print, embroidery or branding options on the stool fabric or surface for corporate gifts, promotions or branded furniture. --- --- ## Landing Pages --- ## My Templates - Published: 2025-06-10 - Modified: 2025-07-23 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=elementor-archive-4124 - Type: archive PRODUCT Storage Ottoman Foldable Ottoman Round Ottoman Footstool/ Pouf Storage Stool Long Bench Metal Ottoman Set Ottoman Ottoman Table Chair // Finding styles element var element = document. getElementById("iksm-dynamic-style"); if (! element) { // If no element (Cache plugins can remove tag), then creating a new one element = document. createElement('style'); var head = document. getElementsByTagName("head") if (head && head) { head. appendChild(element); } else { console. warn("Iks Menu | Error while printing styles. Please contact technical support. "); } } // Copying styles to tag element. innerHTML += ". iksm-4177 . iksm-terms{background-color:rgba(255,255,255,1);transition:all 400ms;animation:iks-none 1000ms;}. iksm-4177 . iksm-terms-tree--children > . iksm-terms-tree__inner{animation:iks-none 400ms;}. iksm-4177 . iksm-term__inner{background-color:rgba(61,144,215,1);min-height:33px;transition:all 400ms;}. iksm-4177 . iksm-term__inner:hover{background-color:rgba(236,236,236,1);}. iksm-4177 . iksm-term--current > . iksm-term__inner{background-color:rgba(212,212,212,1);}. iksm-4177 . iksm-term__link{color:rgba(0,0,0,1);font-size:13px;line-height:10px;font-weight:600;text-decoration:none;margin-top:0;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:0;margin-left:0;padding-top:1px;padding-right:5px;padding-bottom:1px;padding-left:5px;transition:all 400ms;}. iksm-4177 . iksm-term__inner:hover . iksm-term__link{color:rgba(50,50,50,1);}. iksm-4177 . iksm-term__toggle__inner{transition:transform 100ms}. iksm-4177 . iksm-term--expanded > . iksm-term__inner > . iksm-term__toggle > . iksm-term__toggle__inner{transform:none;}. iksm-4177 . iksm-term__toggle{color:rgba(0,0,0,1);background-color:rgba(255,255,255,1);font-size:26px;align-self:stretch;height:unset;;width:40px;transition:all 400ms;}. iksm-4177 . iksm-term__toggle:hover{color:rgba(0,0,0,1);}. iksm-4177 . iksm-term__image-container{width:30px;min-width:30px;height:30px;min-height:30px;margin-right:15px;transition:all 400ms;}. iksm-4177 . iksm-term__image{background-size:contain;background-position:center;background-repeat:no-repeat;}. iksm-4177 . iksm-term__image-container:hover{background-size:contain;background-position:center;background-repeat:no-repeat;}. iksm-4177 . iksm-term__inner:hover . iksm-term__image-container{background-size:contain;background-position:center;background-repeat:no-repeat;}. iksm-4177 . iksm-term--current > . iksm-term__inner . iksm-term__image-container{background-size:contain;background-position:center;background-repeat:no-repeat;}. iksm-4177 . iksm-term--child . iksm-term__inner . iksm-term__image-container{background-size:contain;background-position:center;background-repeat:no-repeat;}. iksm-4177 . iksm-term--child . iksm-term__inner . iksm-term__image-container:hover{background-size:contain;background-position:center;background-repeat:no-repeat;}. iksm-4177 . iksm-term--child. iksm-term--current > . iksm-term__inner . iksm-term__image-container{background-size:contain;background-position:center;background-repeat:no-repeat;}. iksm-4177 . iksm-term__text{flex: unset}. iksm-4177 . iksm-term__posts-count{color:rgba(133,133,133,1);font-size:16px;margin-left:12px;font-weight:400;transition:all 400ms;}. iksm-4177 . iksm-term--collapsing > . iksm-terms-tree--children > . iksm-terms-tree__inner{animation:iks-none 400ms;}"; // Removing this script var this_script = document. getElementById("styles-copier-695b32aac53d4"); if (this_script) { // Cache plugins can remove tag this_script. outerHTML = ""; if (this_script. parentNode) { this_script. parentNode. removeChild(this_script); } } --- - Published: 2025-04-24 - Modified: 2025-04-24 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=product-inquiry - Type: popup Welcome Your Inquiry We''ll get back to you shortly. Product page inquiry formNameCompanyEmailPhoneYour requestsFile UploadChoose File Submit Form --- - Published: 2025-04-16 - Modified: 2025-04-16 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=features-benefit-list - Type: section Optional Subtitle Features & Benefits Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Mauris eros dolor pellentesque sed luctus dapibus lobortis orci. Feature 1 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Morbi volutpat justo sed efficit cursus. Mauris fringilla quam. Learn More Premium Feature 2 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Morbi volutpat justo sed efficit cursus. Mauris fringilla quam. Learn More Feature 3 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Morbi volutpat justo sed efficit cursus. Mauris fringilla quam. Learn More Feature 4 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Morbi volutpat justo sed efficit cursus. Mauris fringilla quam. Learn More --- - Published: 2025-04-16 - Modified: 2025-04-16 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=about-video-heading-copy - Type: section Subheading About - Video https://ottomanfactory. com/wp-content/plugins/elementor/assets/images/placeholder. png Donec commodo mauris id lectus efficitur laoreet. Ut ac turpis dictum sem tempus egestas euismod ac enim. Praesent quis ullamcorper dolor. Donec euismod rhoncus rutrum. Aliquam vel dictum augue. Sed dictum porta mi at viverra. Fusce magna ante, vulputate eu blandit a, pharetra quis orci. Vivamus consectetuer hendrerit lacus. Vivamus quis mi. Nulla porta dolor. Duis arcu tortor, suscipit eget, imperdiet nec, imperdiet iaculis, ipsum. Praesent blandit laoreet. Donec commodo mauris id lectus efficitur laoreet. Ut ac turpis dictum sem tempus egestas euismod ac enim. Praesent quis ullamcorper dolor. Donec euismod rhoncus rutrum. Aliquam vel dictum augue. Sed dictum porta mi at viverra. Fusce magna ante, vulputate eu blandit a, pharetra quis orci. Learn More --- - Published: 2025-04-12 - Modified: 2025-04-12 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=footer-4 - Type: section ABOUT US Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit(c) 2020 All Rights Reserved. MENU Privacy Policy Terms of Use Help & Support About Us SOCIAL Instagram Facebook Twitter Linkedin Dribbble --- - Published: 2025-04-11 - Modified: 2025-04-11 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=footer - Type: section Features Link 1 Link 2 Link 3 Learn More Link 1 Link 2 Link 3 Support Link 1 Link 2 Link 3 --- - Published: 2025-04-11 - Modified: 2025-04-11 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=footer-2 - Type: section About Us Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Ut elit tellus, luctus nec ullamcorper mattis, pulvinar dapibus leo. Pages List Item #1 List Item #2 List Item #3 Help List Item #1 List Item #2 List Item #3 Social Media Facebook Twitter Google-plus Youtube Linkedin --- - Published: 2025-04-11 - Modified: 2025-04-11 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=footer-3 - Type: section Logo Website Slogan Navigation Home About Services Work Contact Contact Us 1408 Blocks Valley, Sydney, NSW 2060, Australia(+61) 555-1408info@blocksvalley. com Get Connected Facebook Twitter Google-plus Pinterest Instagram Envelope --- - Published: 2025-04-11 - Modified: 2025-12-16 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=elementor-footer-295 - Type: footer About Us Fuzhou Fytch Home Decor Co. , Ltd has more than 20 years of manufacturing furniture experience. Our company was found as starlight in 2017, but factory established in 2005. Contact Us Don't miss our future updates! Get Subscribed Today! info@fzfytch. com WhatsApp +8618106066786 FUZHOU FYTCH HOME DECOR CO. , LTD All Rights Reserved --- - Published: 2025-04-11 - Modified: 2025-12-15 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=elementor-header-244 - Type: header Minhou County, Fuzhou, Fujian, China info@fzfytch. com +8618106066786 Facebook-f Inquiry --- - Published: 2025-04-10 - Modified: 2025-04-10 - URL: https://ottomanfactory.com/?elementor_library=header-with-nav - Type: section Wilson, KS 67490 test@test. com 24/7 Customer Support Facebook Twitter Github Bitbucket LOGO --- --- ## ElementsKit items ---